-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, LOaQYYLkYMjei4OoIh8ne/M8vkpWaCBjqfWuevfCz8jfkKDRxSFnpDJMQd1oii31 vufPAawJ9hhdjrWIU0hpjA== 0000950134-06-013212.txt : 20060714 0000950134-06-013212.hdr.sgml : 20060714 20060714153315 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000950134-06-013212 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 8 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20060430 FILED AS OF DATE: 20060714 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20060714 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: FINISAR CORP CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001094739 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: SEMICONDUCTORS & RELATED DEVICES [3674] IRS NUMBER: 943038428 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 0430 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-27999 FILM NUMBER: 06962615 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1389 MOFFETT PARK DR CITY: SUNNYVALE STATE: CA ZIP: 94089 BUSINESS PHONE: 4085481000 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1389 MOFFETT PARK DR CITY: SUNNYVALE STATE: CA ZIP: 94089 10-K 1 f21922e10vk.htm FORM 10-K e10vk
Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form 10-K
 
     
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2006
OR
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from          to          
 
000-27999
(Commission File No.)
Finisar Corporation
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Delaware
  94-3038428
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
1389 Moffett Park Drive
Sunnyvale, California
  94089
(Zip Code)
(Address of principal executive offices)    
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
408-548-1000
 
 
 
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common stock, $.001 par value
(Title of class)
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Check one:
Large accelerated filer þ          Accelerated filer o          Non-accelerated filer o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes o     No þ
 
As of October 31, 2005, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $343,579,235, based on the closing sales price of the registrant’s common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Stock Market on October 31, 2005 of $1.51 per share. Shares of common stock held by officers, directors and holders of more than ten percent of the outstanding common stock have been excluded from this calculation because such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.
 
As of June 30, 2006, there were 307,012,825 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $.001 par value, issued and outstanding.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Portions of the definitive proxy statement for the annual meeting of stockholders of the registrant to be held on September 28, 2006 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report on Form 10-K.
 


 

 
INDEX TO ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30, 2006
 
                 
        Page
 
  Business   1
  Risk Factors   15
  Unresolved Staff Comments   26
  Properties   26
  Legal Proceedings   27
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   29
 
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   30
  Selected Financial Data   31
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   32
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk   48
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   50
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   100
  Controls and Procedures   100
  Other Information   102
 
  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant   102
  Executive Compensation   102
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   102
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   102
  Principal Accountant Fees and Services   102
 
  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules   102
  103
 EXHIBIT 3.4
 EXHIBIT 21
 EXHIBIT 23.1
 EXHIBIT 31.1
 EXHIBIT 31.2
 EXHIBIT 32.1
 EXHIBIT 32.2


i


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
Item 1.   Business
 
Forward Looking Statements
 
This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We use words like “anticipates,” “believes,” “plans,” “expects,” “future,” “intends” and similar expressions to identify these forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events; however, our business and operations are subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties, and, consequently, actual results may materially differ from those projected by any forward-looking statements. As a result, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements since they may not occur.
 
Certain factors that could cause actual results to differ from those projected are discussed in “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information or future events.
 
Overview
 
We are a leading provider of optical subsystems and components that connect local area networks, or LANs, storage area networks, or SANs, and metropolitan area networks, or MANs. Our optical subsystems consist primarily of transceivers which provide the fundamental optical-electrical interface for connecting the equipment used in building these networks. These products rely on the use of digital semiconductor lasers in conjunction with integrated circuit design and novel packaging technology to provide a cost-effective means for transmitting and receiving digital signals over fiber optic cable using a wide range of network protocols, transmission speeds and physical configurations over distances of 200 meters to 80 kilometers. Our line of optical components consists primarily of packaged lasers and photodetectors used in transceivers, primarily for LAN and SAN applications. Our manufacturing operations are vertically integrated and include internal manufacturing, assembly and test capability. We sell our optical subsystem and component products to manufacturers of storage and networking equipment such as Brocade, Cisco Systems, EMC, Emulex, Hewlett-Packard Company, Huawei, McData and Qlogic.
 
We also provide network performance test and monitoring systems to original equipment manufacturers for testing and validating equipment designs and, to a lesser degree, to operators of networking and storage data centers for testing, monitoring and troubleshooting the performance of their installed systems. We sell these products primarily to leading storage equipment manufacturers such as Brocade, EMC, Emulex, Hewlett-Packard Company, IBM, McData and Qlogic.
 
We were incorporated in California in April 1987 and reincorporated in Delaware in November 1999. Our principal executive offices are located at 1389 Moffett Park Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089, and our telephone number at that location is (408) 548-1000.
 
Industry Background and Markets
 
The proliferation of electronic commerce, communications and broadband entertainment has resulted in the digitization and accumulation of enormous amounts of data. Much of this data has become increasingly mission-critical to business enterprises and other organizations who must ensure that it is accessible on a continuous and reliable basis by employees, suppliers and customers over a diverse geographic area. The need to quickly transmit, store and retrieve large blocks of data across networks in a cost-effective manner has required enterprises and service providers to create increasingly complex networking infrastructures that rely on fiber optic technology to transmit data over greater distances and to expand the capacity, or bandwidth, of their networks.
 
Computer networks are frequently described in terms of the distance they span and by the hardware and software protocols used to transport and store data. A LAN typically consists of a group of computers and other devices that share the resources of one or more processors or servers within a small geographic area and are connected through the use of hubs (used for broadcasting data within a LAN), switches (used for sending data to a specific destination in a LAN thereby using less bandwidth) and routers (used as gateways to route data packets


1


Table of Contents

between two or more LANs or other large networks). LANs typically use the Ethernet protocol to transport data packets across the network at distances of up to 500 meters at speeds of 1-10 gigabits per second, or Gbps.
 
A SAN is a high-speed subnetwork imbedded within a LAN where critical data stored on devices such as disk arrays, optical disks and tape backup devices is made available to all servers on the LAN thereby freeing the network servers to deliver business applications, increasing network capacity and improving response time. SANs were originally developed using the Fibre Channel protocol designed for storing and retrieving large blocks of data. More recently, storage networks have been developed using the Internet Small Computer System Interface, or iSCSI, protocol in conjunction with high-speed connections operating at 10 Gbps to reduce the cost and simplify the administration of smaller SANs.
 
A MAN is a regional data network typically covering an area of up to 50 kilometers in diameter that allows the sharing of computing resources on a regional basis within a town or city. The portion of a MAN that connects a LAN or SAN to a public data network is frequently referred to as the First Mile. MANs typically use the Synchronous Optical Network, or SONET, and Synchronous Digital Hierarchy, or SDH, communications standards to encapsulate data to be transmitted over fiber optic cable due to the widespread use of this standard in building legacy telecommunication networks. However, MANs can also be built using the Ethernet standard, also known as Metro Ethernet, which can typically result in savings to the network operator in terms of network infrastructure and operating costs.
 
A wide area network, or WAN, is a geographically dispersed data communications network that typically includes the use of a public shared user network such as the telephone system, although a WAN can also be built using leased lines or satellites. Similar to MANs, a terrestrial WAN uses the SONET/SDH communications standard to transmit information over longer distances due to its use in building legacy telecommunication networks.
 
Twisted-pair copper wire or copper cable is typically used as the physical medium for transmitting signals when distances and/or the amount of bandwidth needed are limited to several hundred meters. Voice-grade copper wire can only support connections of about 1.2 miles without the use of repeaters to amplify the signal, whereas optical systems can carry signals 62 miles without further processing. At higher speeds of 1 Gbps or faster, the ability of copper wire to transmit more than 300 meters is limited due to the loss of signal over distance as well as interference from external signal generating equipment. The limitations of copper-based connections become more pronounced at even higher transmission speeds. Thus, while copper continues to be the primary medium used for delivering signals to the desktop, computer networks typically rely on digital fiber optic transmission technology to move data faster over greater distances. In order to switch or route these optical signals to their ultimate destination, they must first be converted to electrical signals which can be processed by the switch, router or other networking equipment and then retransmitted as an optical signal to the next switching point or ending destination. As a result, data networking equipment typically contains multiple connection points, or ports, in which various types of transceivers or transponders are used to transmit and receive signals to and from other networking equipment over various distances using a variety of networking protocols.
 
According to industry analyst Lightcounting Inc., total sales of transceiver and transponder products in 2005 was approximately $1.3 billion, of which approximately $350 million represented sales of transceivers used for LAN and SAN applications with the remainder being used in MAN applications. Of the $950 million in products sold for MAN applications, approximately $300 million were for networks using the Ethernet and Fibre Channel, or datacom, protocols with the remainder sold for SONET/SDH applications. Sales of our transceiver and transponder products for LAN, SAN and MAN applications totaled approximately $270 million during 2005, excluding component sales. However, our optical products addressed only about 50% of this total market, or $650 million, in 2005. Of the market not addressed, approximately $300 million was related to transceivers and transponders for 10 Gbps applications. Our future revenue potential for optical products will ultimately depend on the growth, or lack thereof, in our underlying markets, the extent to which we are able to offer new products which will expand our addressable market, our market share and average selling prices.
 
Additional markets exist for optical products designed primarily for longer distance WAN applications such as discrete optical components, optical amplifiers, and reconfigurable optical add-drop multiplexers, or ROADMs. According to Ovum RHK, the optical components market totaled approximately $2.9 billion in 2005 of which


2


Table of Contents

$1.3 billion represented sales of transceivers and transponders with another $1.6 billion representing sales of these other optical products. Other than an optical component developed for certain consumer electronics applications, we do not currently offer products for these other markets.
 
Demand for Optical Subsystems and Components Used in SANs
 
With the evolution of the Internet, the amount of data to be stored has increased to the point where the cost of managing and protecting this data has become the primary cost of a typical information technology department. According to a recent study by the Gartner Group, the total amount of shared network storage grew at a compound annual rate of 75% per year from 2001 through 2005 and is expected to grow at a rate of almost 70% per year through 2009. Because SANs enable the sharing of resources thereby reducing the required investment in storage infrastructure, the continued growth in stored data is expected to result in the ongoing centralization of storage and the need to deploy larger SANs. The centralization of storage, in turn, is increasing the demand for higher-bandwidth solutions to provide faster, more efficient interconnection of data storage systems with servers and LANs as well as the need to connect at higher speeds over longer distances for disaster recovery applications.
 
A SAN typically incorporates the use of file servers containing host-bus adapters, or HBAs, for accessing multiple storage devices and switches and creating multiple paths to that storage. We are a leading supplier of optical products to manufacturers of SAN networking equipment due in part to our early work in the development of the Fibre Channel standard as well as our pioneering work in developing an economical transceiver for SANs based on the use of relatively inexpensive vertical cavity surface emitting lasers, or VCSELs. The Fibre Channel interconnect protocol, operating at 1 Gbps, was introduced in 1995 to address the speed, distance and connectivity limitations of copper-based solutions using the Small Computer Interface, or SCSI, interface protocol while maintaining backward compatibility with the installed base of SCSI-based storage systems. The original Fibre Channel specifications also included the capability for data transmission at 2, 4, 8 and 10 Gbps. SANs capable of transmitting at 2 Gbps began being deployed in 2001 while SANs operating at 4 Gbps have recently become available. Equipment providers have begun developing solutions operating at 8 Gbps although we believe the widespread use of transceivers operating at these higher speeds in the same form factor will not begin until late 2007 or later.
 
The future demand for equipment used to build SANs and the optical products to connect them will be influenced by several factors including:
 
  •  the need to connect increasing numbers of storage devices and servers to a growing number of users;
 
  •  the need to provide switched access to multiple storage systems simultaneously;
 
  •  the increasingly mission-critical nature of stored data and the need for rapid access to this data;
 
  •  the increase in bandwidth needed to store and retrieve larger files containing graphics and video content;
 
  •  the expense and complexity associated with managing increasingly large amounts of data storage;
 
  •  the increasing cost of downtime and the growing importance of disaster recovery capabilities;
 
  •  the limitations of copper wiring in terms of speed versus distance;
 
  •  the migration of smaller discrete SAN islands to single integrated SANs;
 
  •  an increase in demand for higher bandwidth solutions as larger SANs serve a greater number of users across longer distances; and
 
  •  an increase in the number of IP-based SANs deployed by small and medium sized businesses due to the lower cost and complexity associated with using the iSCSI protocol in conjunction with networking equipment capable of operating at 10Gbps.
 
As a result of these trends, the Dell O’ro Group estimates that the total number of SAN ports shipped in switches and HBAs will triple from 3.2 million in 2005 to 10.9 million in 2010, representing a compound annual growth rate of 28%.


3


Table of Contents

Demand for Optical Subsystems Used in Ethernet LANs
 
Early LANs were implemented to connect a limited number of users within relatively close proximity. Most of these LANs used the Ethernet transmission protocol that was developed to allow users to share basic common services such as file servers and printers. Because these early LANs had relatively limited performance requirements, short connection distances and low transmission speeds, the equipment used in these LANs was generally connected by copper cabling.
 
In response to continually increasing bandwidth and performance requirements, the Gigabit Ethernet standard, which allows LANs to operate at 1 Gbps, was introduced in 1998. A 10 Gbps version of Ethernet, or 10GigE was introduced in 2002. Ethernet has become the de facto standard user interface for connecting to the public network. As a result, most residential and business subscriber traffic begins and ends over Ethernet. And while Ethernet was originally developed as a data-oriented protocol, it has evolved to support a wide range of services including digital voice and video as well as data.
 
The demand for Gigabit Ethernet and 10GigE transceivers and transponders is tied closely to the demand for bandwidth. According to Merriman Curhan Ford, the amount of bandwidth added for wireline broadband access services grew at a compound annual growth rate of 40% per year from 1997 to 2005. The amount of bandwidth to be added during the next several years will be influenced by several trends including:
 
  •  The number of subscribers to wireline and wireless services;
 
  •  The rollout of competitive broadband networks by the telephony companies to offer voice, data, and video services to compete with cable networks; and
 
  •  The increased availability of video-centric services such as video-on-demand, video-telephony/conferencing, video-mail and high definition television, or HDTV.
 
The proliferation of video-based services is expected to have a significant impact on the amount of additional bandwidth to be required in the future. It is estimated that the amount of data contained in 30 minutes of video transmission is roughly equivalent to one year worth of e-mail traffic generated by the average user. The deployment of high quality video services such as HDTV will have an even greater impact as that standard requires 5 to 6 times the amount of bandwidth as a normal compressed video signal. An analysis by Merriman Curhan Ford estimates that the amount of bandwidth to be deployed during the period 2005 through 2010 for wireline broadband access alone, excluding the impact of a second competing network, will grow from approximately 300 Gbps to 1.5 terabits per second, or Tbps, for a compound annual growth rate of 40% per year.
 
In order to deploy this bandwidth, equipment providers will increasingly look to the 10GigE standard. Since the 10GigE standard was ratified in June 2002, a number of optical products have been introduced for this protocol. These devices include transceivers packaged in various physical form factors, such as Xenpak, XPAK and X2, all of which use a parallel data transmission method known as XAUI. These products have historically focused on the use of 10GigE links for aggregating data traffic for MAN applications. More recently, demand has increased for 10GigE-based systems that can transport data up to 300 meters over multimode fiber typically installed in most buildings. Two product solutions have emerged for this application designed to backhaul 10GigE traffic out of a wiring closet: one using four lasers and four photodetectors known as the LX-4 and another which relies on one laser and one photodetector in conjunction with a chip that corrects for a phenomenon known as dispersion compensation in multimode fiber. Another solution, known as XFP, supports 10GigE directly through a high-speed serial interface in a smaller physical form factor. The XFP standard combines the advantages of smaller size and lower power requirements with the flexibility to handle data traffic transmitted on 10GigE LANs and Fibre Channel-based SANs, as well as MANs and WANs using equipment supporting the SONET/SDH protocols. We currently offer products based on the XFP and XPAK form factors and are currently seeking to be qualified for products based on the other form factors used for 10GigE applications, with the exception of LX-4.
 
As a result of the demand for more bandwidth, the Dell O’ro Group estimates that the total number of 1 and 10GigE ports shipped in switches will increase from 8.4 million in 2005 to 15.4 million in 2010, a compound annual growth rate of 13%. Most of the estimated incremental growth is for 10GigE-based products which are projected to


4


Table of Contents

double every year. The revenue to be realized from this expected growth will be dependent on the successful penetration of this market with new products, especially those for 10 Gbps applications.
 
Demand for Optical Subsystems Used in Metropolitan Area Networks
 
The need of residential and business users, who now have extensive gigabyte per second transmissions capacity in their buildings and local networks, to connect to the public network has resulted in new “choke” points in today’s network infrastructure: in the “First Mile” or “local loop” for network access and in MANs themselves, where islands of data are connected by a “copper straw” reducing transmission rates to megabits per second or slower over a combination of twisted pair copper wire, T-1 lines, frame relay and wireless links.
 
Cable networks have historically been able to deploy bandwidth to the end user using a combination of coaxial cable and fiber optic technologies enabling them to offer video-on-demand services as well as to broadcast signals based on the new HDTV format. With the deployment of Voice-Over-Internet Protocol, or VoIP, technology these networks have been able to offer a single point of contact for the end customer for voice, data and video services giving them a distinct competitive advantage over telephony-based networks that have been limited to offering internet access and telephony services only. In response, telephony-based carriers have begun to upgrade their networks in order to be able to offer internet protocol television, or IPTV, services allowing them to provide a competitive bundled service offering. The network architectures being adopted by these carriers vary but are largely referred to as fiber-to-the-home, or FTTH, or fiber-to-the-curb, or FTTC, with FTTX used as a more general term for describing these network architectures based on the deployment of fiber optics closer to the end user in order to be able to increase the amount of bandwidth required to deliver these new services. The buildout of these networks has only recently begun. In its analysis of bandwidth to be deployed from 2005 through 2010, Merriman Curhan Ford estimates that the additional bandwidth required to deploy these networks will add more than three times the current amount of bandwidth consumed by the world’s installed base of DLS and cable modem subscribers, or 1 Tbps. Combined with the projected additional bandwidth required by existing broadband wireline networks discussed above, suppliers will need to provide networking infrastructure to accommodate an increase in bandwidth of approximately 50% per year through 2010. As with all emerging technologies, these estimates are subject to a wide range of possible outcomes. Nevertheless, we believe that the construction of these next generation networks for MANs will stimulate the use of modular optical transceivers as the technology of choice as equipment designers develop next generation systems.
 
Technologies used to supply multi-gigabit bandwidth in these networks, such as dense wavelength division multiplexing, or DWDM, solutions using up to 32 wavelengths, are likely to be too costly to deploy on any large scale. Coarse wavelength division multiplexing, or CWDM, which combines fewer wavelengths, can provide additional bandwidth on more economical terms. CWDM systems typically use only eight wavelengths, spaced 20 nanometers, or nm, apart. While offering less capacity than DWDM systems, CWDM systems are also far less complex than DWDM systems that must be cooled and highly controlled, further adding to their cost. We believe that new technologies such as 10GigE used in conjunction with CWDM are likely to be the preferred solution in many MAN applications with DWDM solutions deployed on a limited basis where network congestion is particularly severe.
 
According to Lightcounting, sales of transceivers and transponders used in MANs totaled approximately $950 million in 2005, of which approximately $200 million represented sales of products with 10 Gbps applications, which we believe represents the fastest growing segment of the market. Of the $200 million market for these high-speed transceivers and transponders in 2005, approximately $160 million represented sales of 300 pin transponders. While we believe that equipment providers will migrate away from the 300 pin transponder over time in favor of products based on the XFP form factor, the pace of that transition is unclear. In addition, equipment providers have more recently extended the life of the 300 pin product through the use of lasers which can be remotely tuned to operate at a specified wavelength, thereby reducing the initial investment and operating costs associated with deploying multiple wavelength networks. This development has reduced the number of fixed-wavelength lasers that would otherwise be required and has also reduced maintenance costs. While we currently offer products based on the XFP form factor for MAN applications, we do not currently offer a 300 pin transponder or any products which incorporate the use of tunable lasers.


5


Table of Contents

Demand for Optical Products Used in Wireless Networks
 
Wireless networks typically use fiber optic transmission to backhaul wireless traffic to the central office for switching. The deployment of next generation wireless networks, or 3G, is also expected to increase demand for connectivity as a result of the increase in the number of subscribers served as well as the new services being offered by these networks that require greater bandwidth. The Yankee Group estimates that 3G data subscribers will grow from 540,000 in 2005 to 24 million by 2008 while Merriman Curhan Ford estimates that the amount of bandwidth that will be needed to serve these customers will grow from 156 Gbps in 2005 to 894 Gbps in 2010, a compound annual growth rate of over 40%.
 
Demand for High-Speed Data Communication Test and Monitoring Systems
 
The demand for equipment to test and monitor the performance of high-speed data communications networks can generally be categorized into two major segments: equipment for testing and monitoring Gigabit Ethernet LANs; and equipment for testing and monitoring SANs. In each of these segments, equipment is sold both to original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, who require extensive testing in the development of their products to ensure system performance and reliability and to operators of data centers who require their networks to be tested or monitored on an ongoing basis to ensure maximum uptime and to optimize performance in order to minimize the investment in expensive upgrades. Manufacturers of both LANs and SANs typically focus on the design and development of their own products and turn to specialized independent suppliers for state-of-the-art test equipment in order to accelerate the time required to develop new products.
 
We have historically focused on the market for testing equipment used to build SANs based on the multiple SAN protocols including iSCSI, Fibre Channel, FCIP, and, more recently, the SAS and SATA protocols used in the disk drive industry. In addition, higher speed versions of these protocols are being introduced such as 4Gbps Fibre Channel which are also creating demand for new test equipment by systems manufacturers. The market for test equipment for systems manufacturers is well established. According to a report from Frost and Sullivan, the market for SAN test equipment totaled approximately $70 million in 2005 and is expected to grow to over $110 million by 2010.
 
The market for testing and monitoring SANs within data centers is fragmented with each system manufacturer supplying testing and monitoring systems for the equipment it supplies. Because a typical SAN integrates equipment based on multiple protocols, including Ethernet, and a variety of equipment is used to build a SAN, including storage arrays, file servers, switches and disk drives, the typical data center operator has had to rely on a disparate array of testing and monitoring tools, none of which provide a single unbiased view of the performance of the network. The need for such a capability has become more critical with the ongoing accumulation of data which must be stored and managed and the growing number of users who are connected to and dependent on the information residing at these data centers. We believe there is a growing market for testing and monitoring solutions for data center operators that offer a single correlated view of network traffic and that alert data center operators even before network performance becomes an issue.
 
The market for testing and monitoring Gigabit Ethernet LANs is well established. As higher speed transmission protocols such as 10GigE are introduced, system testing becomes more difficult, requiring increasingly sophisticated and specialized test systems capable of capturing data at high speeds, filtering the data and identifying various types of intermittent errors and other network problems. We believe that 10GigE will continue to drive new product designs by OEMs as well as the need to test and monitor that equipment in data centers and will be an important driver of demand for high performance, easy-to-use test systems for LANs. While we currently offer products for testing Gigabit Ethernet LANs, sales of these products currently represent a relatively small percentage of our total revenue as we focus our resources primarily on the SAN test and monitoring markets.
 
Business Strategy
 
During the late 1990’s through 2000, demand for storage and networking equipment and the optical components and subsystems that connect them was driven by new applications for the internet economy, and the storage and networking capacity that was built was far in excess of end user demand. With the resulting inventory correction in 2001, we identified several important trends that we believed would have a significant


6


Table of Contents

influence on how the optical subsystems and components industry would evolve in the future. Among these trends were:
 
  •  industry consolidation involving the combination of key competitors;
 
  •  a reduction in the number of suppliers of optical subsystems to large customers as these customers sought to ensure the financial health of their supply chain;
 
  •  a preference by large OEMs to use suppliers who are able to offer a broad product line;
 
  •  ongoing pricing pressures which would require lower costs of production; and
 
  •  a tighter supply chain as a result of the increasing use of customer and supplier inventory hubs which are intended to minimize future inventory corrections, but which also require suppliers to be able to respond more quickly to greater than expected demand.
 
To address these trends, we made a number of important strategic decisions in order to develop a vertically integrated business model to achieve lower costs of production and to broaden our product portfolio to enhance our competitive position. Among those decisions were the following:
 
  •  May 2001:  We acquired a former disk drive facility in Ipoh, Malaysia and developed an optical transceiver manufacturing capability in order to provide low-cost, off-shore production and to improve our ability to respond quickly to increased demand from customers;
 
  •  March 2003:  We acquired Genoa Corporation in Fremont, California along with its state-of-the-art wafer fabrication facility in order to develop an internal source of long wavelength lasers (both Fabry Perot and DFB type) and achieve lower production costs for transceivers used in MAN applications;
 
  •  April 2004:  We acquired a division of Honeywell Inc. engaged in the manufacture of VCSELs to gain access to an internal source of short-wavelength lasers to achieve lower production costs for transceivers used in LAN and SAN applications;
 
  •  Fiscal 2001-2005:  We invested in critical technologies and new products to develop a broader product portfolio;
 
  •  January 2005:  We acquired certain assets of the fiber optics division of Infineon Technologies AG to gain access to new customers and broaden our product portfolio, particularly for 10GigE applications;
 
  •  November 2005:  We acquired certain assets of Big Bear Networks, Inc. related to 10GigE and 40 Gbps applications; and
 
  •  Fiscal 2006:  We undertook a major consolidation effort to rationalize our cost structure.
 
As a result of these actions, we have developed a vertically integrated business model that operates best when the factory and laser production facilities are highly utilized. In order to maintain our position as a leading supplier of fiber optic subsystems and components and network performance test and monitoring systems, we are continuing to pursue the following business strategies:
 
Continue to Invest in or Acquire Critical Technologies.  Our years of engineering experience, our multi-disciplinary technical expertise and our participation in the development of industry standards have enabled us to become a leader in the design and development of fiber optic subsystems and network performance test systems. We have developed and acquired critical skills that we believe are essential to maintain a technological lead in our markets including high frequency semiconductor design and wafer fabrication, complex logic design, optical subassembly design, software coding, system design, and manufacturing test design. As a result of these technological capabilities, we have been at the forefront of a number of important breakthroughs in the development of innovative products for fiber optic applications including the first transceiver incorporating digital diagnostics (1995), the first CWDM GBIC transceiver (2001), the first DWDM GBIC transceiver (2002) and the first 4 Gbps transceiver to ship in volume (2004). We have also been a pioneer in the use of the XFP small form factor for 10GigE applications, having shipped the first product based on this protocol in 2002, the first 40 km and 80 km versions in 2004 and a DWDM version in 2005. In the field of network performance testing and monitoring, we introduced the


7


Table of Contents

first Fibre Channel analyzer (1997), the first IP storage (iSCSI) protocol analyzer (2001), the first blade-based analysis system for multi-protocol SANs (2003) and the first 4 Gbps and 10 Gbps Fibre Channel analyzers (2004). We intend to maintain our technological leadership through continual enhancement of our existing products and the development or acquisition of new products, especially those capable of higher speed transmission of data, with greater capacity, over longer distances.
 
Expand Our Broad Product Line of Optical Subsystems.  We offer a broad line of optical subsystems which operate at varying protocols, speeds, fiber types, voltages, wavelengths and distances and are available in a variety of industry standard packaging configurations, or form factors. Our optical subsystems are designed to comply with key networking protocols such as Fibre Channel, Gigabit Ethernet, 10GigE and SONET and to plug directly into standard port configurations used in our customers’ products. The breadth of our optical subsystems product line is important to many of our customers who are seeking to consolidate their supply sources for a wide range of networking products for diverse applications, and we are focused on the ongoing expansion of our product line to add key products to meet our customers’ needs, particularly for 10 Gigabit Ethernet and SONET applications. Where time-to-market considerations are especially important in order to secure or enhance our supplier relationships with key customers, we may elect to acquire additional product lines.
 
Expand Our Broad Product Line of Network Performance Test and Monitoring Systems.  We offer a broad line of systems to assist our OEM customers in efficiently designing and testing their storage networking systems and we are currently exploring opportunities to develop and sell a storage-based monitoring system to data centers. We believe our test systems enable original equipment manufacturers to focus their attention on the development of new products, reduce overall development costs and accelerate time to market. Our monitoring solutions for these networks provide real time feedback to data center operators enabling them to detect network bottlenecks and other performance related hardware issues. We have recently completed several acquisitions that have enabled us to improve and expand our line of test and monitoring systems.
 
Leverage Core Competencies Across Multiple, High-Growth Markets.  We believe that fiber optic technology will remain the transmission technology of choice for multiple data communication markets, including Gigabit and 10-Gigabit Ethernet-based LANs and MANs, Fibre Channel-based SANs and SONET-based MANs and WANs. These markets are characterized by differentiated applications with unique design criteria such as product function, performance, cost, in-system monitoring, size limitations, physical medium and software. We intend to target opportunities where our core competencies in high-speed data transmission protocols can be leveraged into leadership positions as these technologies are extended across multiple data communications applications and into other markets and industries such as automotive and consumer electronics products.
 
Strengthen and Expand Customer Relationships.  Over the past 19 years, we have established valuable relationships and a loyal base of customers by providing high-quality products and superior service. Our service-oriented approach has allowed us to work closely with leading data and storage network system manufacturers, understand and address their current needs and anticipate their future requirements. We intend to leverage our relationships with our existing customers as they enter new, high-speed data communications markets.
 
Continue to Strengthen Our Low-Cost Manufacturing Capabilities.  We believe that new markets can be created by the introduction of new, low-cost, high value-added products. Lower product costs can be achieved through the introduction of new technologies, product design or market presence. Access to low-cost manufacturing resources is a key factor in the ability to offer a low-cost product solution. We acquired a manufacturing facility in Ipoh, Malaysia in order to take advantage of low-cost, off-shore labor while protecting access to our intellectual property and know-how. In addition, access to critical underlying technologies, such as our VCSEL manufacturing capability, enables us to accelerate our product development efforts to be able to introduce new low cost products more quickly. We continue to seek ways to lower our production costs through improved product design, improved manufacturing and testing processes and increased vertical integration.
 
Products
 
In accordance with the guidelines established by the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information” (“SFAS 131”), we have determined that we


8


Table of Contents

operate in two segments: optical subsystems and components; and network test and monitoring systems. We provide a broad line of complementary products within each of these segments.
 
Optical Subsystems and Components
 
Our optical subsystems are integrated into our customers’ systems and used for both short- and intermediate-distance fiber optic communications applications.
 
Our family of optical subsystem products consists of transmitters, receivers and transceivers principally based on the Gigabit Ethernet, Fibre Channel and SONET protocols. A transmitter converts electrical signals into optical signals for transmission over fiber optics. Receivers incorporating photo detectors convert incoming optical signals into electric signals. A transceiver combines both transmitter and receiver functions in a single device. Our optical subsystem products perform these functions with high reliability and data integrity and support a wide range of protocols, transmission speeds, fiber types, wavelengths, transmission distances, physical configurations and software enhancements.
 
Our high-speed fiber optic subsystems are engineered to deliver value-added functionality and intelligence. Most of our optical subsystem products include a microprocessor with proprietary embedded software that allows customers to monitor transmitted and received optical power, temperature, drive current and other link parameters of each port on their systems in real time. In addition, our intelligent optical subsystems are used by many enterprise networking and storage system manufacturers to enhance the ability of their systems to diagnose and correct abnormalities in fiber optic networks.
 
For SAN applications which rely on the Fibre Channel standard, we currently provide optical subsystems for transmission applications at 1, 2 and 4 Gbps and have demonstrated products operating at 8 Gbps. We currently provide optical subsystems for data networking applications based on the Gigabit Ethernet standard which transmit signals at 1 Gbps. As a result of the acquisition of Infineon’s transceiver product lines, we now offer such products based on the XAUI interface as well as the XFP form factor. For SONET-based MANs, we supply optical subsystems which are capable of transmitting at 2.5 Gbps, and we have recently expanded that product line to include products that operate at less than 1 Gbps.
 
We have introduced a full line of optical subsystems for MANs using CWDM technologies designed to deliver significant cost savings to optical networking manufacturers, compared to solutions based on DWDM technologies. Our CWDM subsystems include every major optical transport component needed to support a MAN, including transceivers, optical add/drop multiplexers, or OADMs, for adding and dropping wavelengths in a network without the need to convert to an electrical signal and multiplexers/demultiplexers for SONET, Gigabit Ethernet and Fibre Channel protocols. CWDM-based optical subsystems allow network operators to scale the amount of bandwidth offered on an incremental basis, thus providing additional cost savings during the early stages of deploying new IP-based systems.
 
As a result of several acquisitions, we have gained access to leading-edge technology for the manufacture of a number of active and passive optical components including VCSELs, FP lasers, DFB lasers, PIN detectors, fused fiber couplers, isolators, filters, polarization beam combiners, interleavers and linear semiconductor optical amplifiers. Most of these optical components are used internally in the manufacture of our optical subsystems. We currently sell VCSELs and limited quantities of other components in the so-called “merchant market” to other subsystems manufacturers.
 
Network Performance Test and Monitoring Systems
 
Our testing and monitoring solutions allow engineers, service technicians and network managers to generate and capture data at high speeds, filter the data and identify various types of intermittent errors and other network problems for SANs, LANs, wireless networks, voice-over-internet protocol applications and newly emerging technologies including 10GigE, iSCSI, FCIP, SAS and SATA. Our test and monitoring products have historically been sold primarily to system manufacturers who use such equipment in the development of new products for SANs. We believe we have a significant share of this market and a much smaller share of the market for testing and monitoring solutions for LANs.


9


Table of Contents

Our products for testing and monitoring solutions include our Xgig product platform for Fibre Channel and Gigabit Ethernet SANs (iSCSI and FCIP), probes which tap and analyze network traffic, and other specialized equipment for testing SANs and LANs at high speeds or for network functionality and reliability.
 
The Xgig is the industry’s first “blade based” approach to testing and monitoring data networks and allows multiple protocols to be tested within the same hardware platform. Separate blades exist for the following capabilities:
 
  •  traffic analysis (analyzers) at 1, 2, 4 and 10 Gbps that capture data traffic into a large memory buffer so that the data can be analyzed by developers to detect problems on a Fibre Channel network;
 
  •  jammers that inject errors into data networks to simulate how the network responds and recovers from such problems; and
 
  •  bit-error rate testers, or BERTs, that debug and test switches and disk array products.
 
Our line of probes are typically sold to operators of data centers for monitoring their installed networks on a continuous basis. They include the following:
 
  •  our THG product line and Surveyor software for monitoring Gigabit Ethernet networks; and
 
  •  Netwisdom which provides a comprehensive view of SAN performance including routers, switches and file servers which are typically used in a SAN network.
 
We also offer other specialized test equipment including generators for generating Fibre Channel traffic to stress SAN networks which are typically used in conjunction with an analyzer.
 
Customers
 
To date, our revenues have been principally derived from sales of optical subsystems and components to a broad base of original equipment manufacturers. Sales to these customers accounted for 89% of our total revenues in fiscal 2006 and 86% of our total revenues in both fiscal 2005 and 2004, with the remainder of revenues in each year representing sales of network performance test and monitoring systems. Sales of products for LAN and SAN applications represented 61%, 59% and 60% of our total optical subsystems revenues in fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Our test and monitoring systems are sold to original equipment manufacturers for testing and validating equipment designs and to operators of data centers for testing, monitoring and troubleshooting the performance of their Ethernet and storage-based networks. Most of our test and monitoring revenues in 2006 were derived from sales of equipment to manufacturers for testing solutions. Sales to our top three customers represented approximately 34% of our total revenues in fiscal 2006 and 39% in both fiscal 2005 and 2004. Sales to Cisco Systems accounted for 22%, 28% and 22% of our total revenues in fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. No other customer accounted for 10% of revenues in any of these years.
 
Technology
 
The development of high quality fiber optic subsystems and components and network performance test and monitoring systems for high-speed data communications requires multidisciplinary expertise in the following technology areas:
 
High Frequency Semiconductor Design.  Our fiber optic subsystems development efforts are supported by an engineering team that specializes in analog/digital integrated circuit design. This group works in both silicon, or Si CMOS, and silicon germanium, or SiGe BiCMOS, semiconductor technologies where circuit element frequencies are very fast and can be as high as 40 Gbps. We have designed proprietary circuits including laser drivers, receiver pre-and post-amplifiers and controller circuits for handling digital diagnostics at 1, 2, 4 and 10 Gbps. These advanced semiconductor devices provide significant cost advantages and will be critical in the development of future products capable of even faster data rates.
 
Optical Subassembly Design.  We established ourselves as a low-cost design leader beginning with our initial Gbps optical subsystems in 1992. From that base we have developed single-mode laser alignment approaches and low-cost, all-metal packaging techniques for improved EMI performance and environmental tolerance. We develop


10


Table of Contents

our own component and packaging designs and integrate these designs with proprietary manufacturing processes that allow our products to be manufactured in high volume.
 
Complex Logic Design.  Our network test and monitoring equipment designs are based on field programmable gate arrays, or FPGAs. Our network products are being used to operate with clock frequencies of up to 212.5 megahertz, or MHz, and logic densities up to 6 million gates per chip. Our test systems use FPGAs that are programmed by the host PC and therefore can be configured differently for different tests. All of our logic design is done in the very high density logic, or VHDL, hardware description language which will enable migration to application specific integrated circuits, or ASICs, as volumes warrant. We develop VHDL code in a modular fashion for reuse in logic design which comprises a critical portion of our intellectual property. This re-usable technology base of logic design is available for use in both our test system and optical subsystem product lines and allows us to reduce the time to market for our new and enhanced products. For our optical transceivers, we have developed controller integrated circuits containing up to 100,000 gates based on the use of VHDL and mixed signal designs.
 
Software Technology.  We devote substantial engineering resources to the development of software technology for use in all of our product lines. We have developed software to control our test systems, analyze data collected by our test systems, and monitor, maintain, test and calibrate our optical subsystems. A majority of our software technology and expertise is focused on the use of object-oriented development techniques to develop software subsystems that can be reused across multiple product lines. We have created substantial intellectual property in the area of data analysis software for our Fibre Channel test equipment. This technology allows us to rapidly sort, filter and analyze large amounts of data using a proprietary database format. This database format is both, hardware platform-independent and protocol-independent. This independence allows all of the software tools developed for our existing test products to be utilized in all of our new test products that collect data traces. Because the database format is also protocol-independent, new protocols can be added quickly and easily. Another important component of our intellectual property is our graphical user interface, or GUI, design. Many years of customer experience with our test products have enabled us to define a simple yet effective method to display complex protocols in clear and concise GUIs for intuitive use by engineers.
 
System Design.  The design of all of our products requires a combination of sophisticated technical competencies — optical engineering, high-speed digital and analog design, ASIC design and software engineering. We have built an organization of people with skills in all of these areas. It is the integration of these technical competencies that enables us to produce products that meet the needs of our customers. Our combination of these technical competencies has enabled us to design and manufacture optical subsystems with built-in optical test multiplexing and network monitoring, as well as test systems that integrate optical and protocol testing with user interface software.
 
Manufacturing System Design.  The design skills gained in our test systems group are also used in the manufacture of our optical subsystems. We utilize our high-speed FPGA design blocks and concepts and GUI software elements to provide specialized manufacturing test systems for our internal use. These test systems are optimized for test capacity and broad test coverage. We use automated, software-controlled testing to enhance the field reliability of all Finisar products. All of our products are subjected to temperature testing of powered systems as well as full functional tests.
 
Wafer Fabrication.  The ability to manufacture our own optical components can provide significant cost savings while the ability to create unique component designs, enhances our competitive position in terms of performance, time-to-market and intellectual property. We design and manufacture a number of active components that are used in our optical subsystems. The acquisition of Genoa Corporation in April 2003 provided us with a state-of-the-art foundry for the manufacture of PIN receivers and 1310 nm FP and DFB lasers used in our longer distance transceivers. These longer distance products comprised approximately 40% of our optical subsystem revenues in fiscal 2006. Our foundry currently supplies only our internal demand for PIN receivers and FP lasers. We expect to qualify our internally fabricated DFB lasers during fiscal 2007. Our acquisition of Honeywell’s VCSEL Optical Products business unit in March 2004 provided us with wafer fabrication capability for designing and manufacturing 850 nm VCSEL components used in all of our short distance transceivers for LAN and SAN applications. These applications represented 61% of our optical subsystem revenues in fiscal 2006.


11


Table of Contents

Competition
 
Several of our competitors in the optical subsystems and components market have recently been acquired or announced plans to be acquired. These announcements reflect an ongoing realignment of industry capacity with market demand in order to restore the financial health of the optics industry. Despite this trend, the market for optical subsystems and components for use in LANs, SANs and MANs as well as the market for testing and monitoring systems remains highly competitive. We believe the principal competitive factors in these markets are:
 
  •  product performance, features, functionality and reliability;
 
  •  price/performance characteristics;
 
  •  timeliness of new product introductions;
 
  •  breadth of product line;
 
  •  adoption of emerging industry standards;
 
  •  service and support;
 
  •  size and scope of distribution network;
 
  •  brand name;
 
  •  access to customers; and
 
  •  size of installed customer base.
 
Competition in the market for optical subsystems and components varies by market segment. Our principal competitors for optical transceivers sold for datacom applications based on the Fibre Channel and Ethernet protocols include JDS Uniphase Corporation, Avago Technologies (formerly part of Agilent Technologies, Inc.) and Intel. Our principal competitors for optical transceivers sold for MAN and telecom applications based on the SONET/SDH protocols include Sumitomo and Mitsubishi.
 
We believe we compete favorably with our competitors with respect to most of the foregoing factors based, in part, upon our broad product line, our sizeable installed base, our significant vertical integration and our low-cost manufacturing facility in Ipoh, Malaysia. We believe that the recent introduction of a number of products for 10GigE applications has strengthened our position in the optical subsystem market. We believe that the addition of our new Xgig product line for testing and monitoring multiple network protocols within the same hardware platform combined with unique software solutions for monitoring and troubleshooting SANs has strengthened our competitive position within the network test and monitoring market.
 
Sales, Marketing and Technical Support
 
For sales of our optical subsystems and components, we utilize a direct sales force augmented by one world-wide distributor, one domestic distributor, 17 domestic manufacturers’ representatives and three international manufacturers’ representatives. For sales of our network test and monitoring systems, we utilize a direct sales force augmented by 10 domestic manufacturers’ representatives and 35 international resellers. Our direct sales force maintains close contact with our customers and provides technical support to our manufacturers’ representatives. In our international markets, our direct sales force works with local resellers who assist us in providing support and maintenance in the territories they cover.
 
Our marketing efforts are focused on increasing awareness of our product offerings for optical subsystems and network test and monitoring systems and our brand name. Key components of our marketing efforts include:
 
  •  continuing our active participation in industry associations and standards committees to promote and further enhance Gigabit Ethernet and Fibre Channel technologies, promote standardization in the LAN, SAN and MAN markets, and increase our visibility as industry experts;


12


Table of Contents

 
  •  leveraging major trade show events and LAN, SAN, and MAN conferences to promote our broad product lines; and
 
  •  advertising our products for network test and monitoring solutions for storage and networking data centers in industry publications and other electronic media.
 
In addition, our marketing group provides marketing support services for our executive staff, our direct sales force and our manufacturers’ representatives and resellers. Through our marketing activities, we provide technical and strategic sales support to our direct sales personnel and resellers, including in-depth product presentations, technical manuals, sales tools, pricing, marketing communications, marketing research, trademark administration and other support functions.
 
A high level of continuing service and support is critical to our objective of developing long-term customer relationships. We emphasize customer service and technical support in order to provide our customers and their end users with the knowledge and resources necessary to successfully utilize our product line. Our customer service organization utilizes a technical team of field and factory applications engineers, technical marketing personnel and, when required, product design engineers. We provide extensive customer support throughout the qualification and sale process. In addition, we also provide many resources through our World Wide Web site, including product documentation and technical information. We intend to continue to provide our customers with comprehensive product support and believe it is critical to remaining competitive.
 
Backlog
 
A substantial portion of our revenues are derived from sales to OEMs pursuant to individual purchase orders with short lead times. Commitments under these purchase orders remain subject to negotiation with respect to quantities and delivery schedules and are generally cancelable without significant penalties. In addition, manufacturing capacity and availability of key components may impact the timing and amount of revenue ultimately recognized under such sale arrangements. Accordingly, we do not believe that the backlog of undelivered product under these purchase orders are a meaningful indicator of our future financial performance.
 
Manufacturing
 
We manufacture most of our optical subsystems at our production facility in Ipoh, Malaysia. This facility consists of 640,000 square feet, of which 240,000 square feet is suitable for cleanroom operations. The acquisition of this facility in May 2001 has allowed us to transfer most of our manufacturing processes from contract manufacturers to a lower-cost manufacturing facility and to maintain greater control over our intellectual property. We expect to continue to use contract manufacturers for a portion of our manufacturing needs. During fiscal 2005, we transferred a portion of our new product introduction operations from our facility in Sunnyvale, California to our Ipoh, Malaysia facility. We manufacture certain passive optical components used in our long wavelength products for MAN applications in Shanghai, China. We continue to conduct a portion of our new product introduction activities at our Sunnyvale facility where we also conduct supply chain management for certain components, quality assurance and documentation control operations. We conduct wafer fabrication operations at our facilities in Fremont, California. The operations of our Advanced Optical Components, or AOC, Division, which we acquired from Honeywell International Inc. in March 2004, including wafer fabrication, are currently conducted at a facility in Richardson, Texas that we lease from Honeywell. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, we leased a facility in Allen, Texas, and we are preparing to fully transfer the operations of the AOC Division to this facility in the second half of fiscal 2007.
 
We design and develop a number of the key components of our products, including photodetectors, lasers, ASICs, printed circuit boards and software. In addition, our manufacturing team works closely with our engineers to manage the supply chain. To assure the quality and reliability of our products, we conduct product testing and burn-in at our facilities in conjunction with inspection and the use of testing and statistical process controls. In addition, most of our optical subsystems have an intelligent interface that allows us to monitor product quality during the manufacturing process. Our facilities in Sunnyvale, Fremont, Richardson and Malaysia are qualified under ISO 9001-9002.


13


Table of Contents

Although we use standard parts and components for our products where possible, we currently purchase several key components from single or limited sources. Our principal single source components purchased from external suppliers include ASICs and DFB lasers. In addition, all of the short wavelength VCSEL lasers used in our LAN and SAN products are currently produced by our AOC Division at our facility in Richardson, Texas. Generally, purchase commitments with our single or limited source suppliers are on a purchase order basis. We generally try to maintain a buffer inventory of key components. However, any interruption or delay in the supply of any of these components, or the inability to procure these components from alternate sources at acceptable prices and within a reasonable time, would substantially harm our business. In addition, qualifying additional suppliers can be time-consuming and expensive and may increase the likelihood of errors.
 
We use a rolling 12-month forecast of anticipated product orders to determine our material requirements. Lead times for materials and components we order vary significantly, and depend on factors such as the demand for such components in relation to each supplier’s manufacturing capacity, internal manufacturing capacity, contract terms and demand for a component at a given time.
 
Research and Development
 
In fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, our research and development expenses were $51.9 million, $62.8 million and $62.2 million, respectively. We believe that our future success depends on our ability to continue to enhance our existing products and to develop new products that maintain technological competitiveness. We focus our product development activities on addressing the evolving needs of our customers within the LAN, SAN and MAN markets, although we also are seeking to leverage our core competencies by developing products for other markets, including the automotive and consumer electronics industries. We work closely with our original equipment manufacturers and system integrators to monitor changes in the marketplace. We design our products around current industry standards and will continue to support emerging standards that are consistent with our product strategy. Our research and development groups are aligned with our various product lines, and we also have specific groups devoted to ASIC design and test, subsystem design and test equipment hardware and software design. Our product development operations include the active involvement of our manufacturing engineers who examine each product for its manufacturability, predicted reliability, expected lifetime and manufacturing costs.
 
We believe that our research and development efforts are key to our ability to maintain technical competitiveness and to deliver innovative products that address the needs of the market. However, there can be no assurance that our product development efforts will result in commercially successful products, or that our products will not be rendered obsolete by changing technology or new product announcements by other companies.
 
Intellectual Property
 
Our success and ability to compete is dependent in part on our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality agreements and licensing arrangements, to establish and protect our proprietary rights. We currently own 522 issued U.S. patents and 748 U.S. patent applications with additional foreign counterparts. We cannot assure you that any patents will issue as a result of pending patent applications or that our issued patents will be upheld. Any infringement of our proprietary rights could result in significant litigation costs, and any failure to adequately protect our proprietary rights could result in our competitors offering similar products, potentially resulting in loss of a competitive advantage and decreased revenues. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, existing patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws afford only limited protection. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. Attempts may be made to copy or reverse engineer aspects of our products or to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. Accordingly, we may not be able to prevent misappropriation of our technology or deter others from developing similar technology. Furthermore, policing the unauthorized use of our products is difficult. We are currently engaged in pending litigation to enforce certain of our patents (see “Item 3. Legal Proceedings”), and additional litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. This litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could significantly harm our business.


14


Table of Contents

The networking industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent litigation based on allegations of patent infringement. We have previously been involved in a series of patent infringement lawsuits. From time to time, other parties may assert patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property rights to technologies and in various jurisdictions that are important to our business. Any claims asserting that our products infringe or may infringe proprietary rights of third parties, if determined adversely to us, could significantly harm our business. Any such claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, result in costly litigation, divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, cause product shipment delays or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements, any of which could significantly harm our business. Royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be available on terms acceptable to us, if at all. In addition, our agreements with our customers typically require us to indemnify our customers from any expense or liability resulting from claimed infringement of third party intellectual property rights. In the event a claim against us was successful and we could not obtain a license to the relevant technology on acceptable terms or license a substitute technology or redesign our products to avoid infringement, our business would be significantly harmed.
 
Employees
 
As of April 30 2006, we employed approximately 3,688 full-time employees, 595 of whom were located in the United States and 3,093 of whom were located at our production facilities in Ipoh, Malaysia, Shanghai, China and Singapore where we conduct research and development activities. We also from time to time employ part-time employees and hire contractors. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining agreement, and we have never experienced a work stoppage. We believe that there is a positive employee relations environment within the company.
 
Available Information
 
Our website is located at www.finisar.com. Electronic copies of our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are available, free of charge, on our website as soon as practicable after we electronically file such material with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The contents of our website are not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
Item 1A.   Risk Factors
 
OUR FUTURE PERFORMANCE IS SUBJECT TO A VARIETY OF RISKS. IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING RISKS ACTUALLY OCCUR, OUR BUSINESS COULD BE HARMED AND THE TRADING PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK COULD DECLINE. YOU SHOULD ALSO REFER TO THE OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS REPORT, INCLUDING OUR CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND THE RELATED NOTES.
 
We have incurred significant net losses, our future revenues are inherently unpredictable, our operating results are likely to fluctuate from period to period, and if we fail to meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors, our stock price could decline significantly
 
We incurred net losses of $24.9 million, $114.1 million and $113.8 million in our fiscal years ended April 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Although we recorded net income of $10.0 million in the second half of fiscal 2006, our operating results for future periods are subject to numerous uncertainties, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to sustain profitability.
 
Our quarterly and annual operating results have fluctuated substantially in the past and are likely to fluctuate significantly in the future due to a variety of factors, some of which are outside of our control. Accordingly, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations are not meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance. Some of the factors that could cause our quarterly or annual operating results to fluctuate include market acceptance of our products, market demand for the products manufactured by our customers, the introduction of new products and manufacturing processes, manufacturing yields, competitive pressures and customer retention.


15


Table of Contents

We may experience a delay in generating or recognizing revenues for a number of reasons. Orders at the beginning of each quarter typically represent a small percentage of expected revenues for that quarter and are generally cancelable at any time. Accordingly, we depend on obtaining orders during each quarter for shipment in that quarter to achieve our revenue objectives. Failure to ship these products by the end of a quarter may adversely affect our operating results. Furthermore, our customer agreements typically provide that the customer may delay scheduled delivery dates and cancel orders within specified timeframes without significant penalty. Because we base our operating expenses on anticipated revenue trends and a high percentage of our expenses are fixed in the short term, any delay in generating or recognizing forecasted revenues could significantly harm our business. It is likely that in some future quarters our operating results will again decrease from the previous quarter or fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors. In this event, it is likely that the trading price of our common stock would significantly decline.
 
We may have insufficient cash flow to meet our debt service obligations, including payments due on our subordinated convertible notes
 
We will be required to generate cash sufficient to conduct our business operations and pay our indebtedness and other liabilities, including all amounts due on our outstanding 21/2% and 51/4% convertible subordinated notes due 2010 and 2008, respectively. The aggregate outstanding principal amount of these notes was $250.3 million at April 30, 2006. Holders of the notes due in 2010 have the right to require us to repurchase some or all of their notes on October 15, 2007. We may choose to pay the repurchase price in cash, shares of our common stock or a combination thereof. We may not be able to cover our anticipated debt service obligations from our cash flow. This may materially hinder our ability to make payments on the notes. Our ability to meet our future debt service obligations will depend upon our future performance, which will be subject to financial, business and other factors affecting our operations, many of which are beyond our control. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to make required principal and interest payments on the notes when due.
 
We may not be able to obtain additional capital in the future, and failure to do so may harm our business
 
We believe that our existing balances of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments will be sufficient to meet our cash needs for working capital and capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months. We may, however, require additional financing to fund our operations in the future or to repay the principal of our outstanding 21/2% and 51/4% convertible subordinated notes due 2010 and 2008, respectively. Due to the unpredictable nature of the capital markets, particularly in the technology sector, we cannot assure you that we will be able to raise additional capital if and when it is required, especially if we experience disappointing operating results. If adequate capital is not available to us as required, or is not available on favorable terms, we could be required to significantly reduce or restructure our business operations.
 
Failure to accurately forecast our revenues could result in additional charges for obsolete or excess inventories or non-cancelable purchase commitments
 
We base many of our operating decisions, and enter into purchase commitments, on the basis of anticipated revenue trends which are highly unpredictable. Some of our purchase commitments are not cancelable, and in some cases we are required to recognize a charge representing the amount of material or capital equipment purchased or ordered which exceeds our actual requirements. In the past, we have sometimes experienced significant growth followed by a significant decrease in customer demand such as occurred in fiscal 2001, when revenues increased by 181% followed by a decrease of 22% in fiscal 2002. Based on projected revenue trends during these periods, we acquired inventories and entered into purchase commitments in order to meet anticipated increases in demand for our products which did not materialize. As a result, we recorded significant charges for obsolete and excess inventories and non-cancelable purchase commitments which contributed to substantial operating losses in fiscal 2002. Should revenue in future periods again fall substantially below our expectations, or should we fail again to accurately forecast changes in demand mix, we could be required to record additional charges for obsolete or excess inventories or non-cancelable purchase commitments.


16


Table of Contents

If we encounter sustained yield problems or other delays in the production or delivery of our internally-manufactured components, we may lose sales and damage our customer relationships
 
In order to reduce our manufacturing costs, we have acquired a number of companies, and business units of other companies, that manufacture optical components incorporated in our optical subsystem products. For example, we now manufacture most of the lasers used in our optical subsystems at wafer fabrication facilities located in Allen, Texas and Fremont, California. As a result of this increased vertical integration, we have become increasingly dependent on our internally-produced components. The manufacture of these components, including the fabrication of wafers, involves highly complex processes. Minute levels of contaminants in the manufacturing environment, difficulties in the fabrication process or other factors can cause a substantial portion of the components on a wafer to be nonfunctional. These problems may be difficult to detect at an early stage of the manufacturing process and often are time-consuming and expensive to correct. We have recently experienced problems achieving acceptable yields at our wafer fabrication facilities, resulting in delays in the delivery of components to our subsystem assembly facilities. Poor manufacturing yields over a prolonged period of time could adversely affect our ability to deliver our subsystem products to our customers and could also affect our sale of components to customers in the merchant market. Such delays could harm our relationships with customers and have an adverse effect on our business.
 
Past and future acquisitions could be difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and harm our operating results
 
Since October 2000, we have completed the acquisition of eight privately-held companies and certain businesses and assets from six other companies. We continue to review opportunities to acquire other businesses, product lines or technologies that would complement our current products, expand the breadth of our markets or enhance our technical capabilities, or that may otherwise offer growth opportunities, and we from time to time make proposals and offers, and take other steps, to acquire businesses, products and technologies. Several of our past acquisitions have been material, and acquisitions that we may complete in the future may be material. In 10 of our 14 acquisitions, we issued stock as all or a portion of the consideration. The issuance of stock in these and any future transactions has or would dilute stockholders’ percentage ownership.
 
Other risks associated with acquiring the operations of other companies include:
 
  •  problems assimilating the purchased operations, technologies or products;
 
  •  unanticipated costs associated with the acquisition;
 
  •  diversion of management’s attention from our core business;
 
  •  adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers;
 
  •  risks associated with entering markets in which we have no or limited prior experience; and
 
  •  potential loss of key employees of purchased organizations.
 
Several of our past acquisitions have not been successful. During fiscal 2003, we sold some of the assets acquired in two prior acquisitions, discontinued a product line and closed one of our acquired facilities. As a result of these activities, we incurred significant restructuring charges and charges for the write-down of assets associated with those acquisitions. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in overcoming future problems encountered in connection with our past or future acquisitions, and our inability to do so could significantly harm our business. In addition, to the extent that the economic benefits associated with any of our acquisitions diminish in the future, we may be required to record additional write downs of goodwill, intangible assets or other assets associated with such acquisitions, which would adversely affect our operating results.
 
We may lose sales if our suppliers fail to meet our needs
 
We currently purchase several key components used in the manufacture of our products from single or limited sources. We depend on these current and future sources to meet our production needs. Moreover, we depend on the quality of the products supplied to us over which we have limited control. We have encountered shortages and


17


Table of Contents

delays in obtaining components in the past and expect to encounter shortages and delays in the future. If we cannot supply products due to a lack of components, or are unable to redesign products with other components in a timely manner, our business will be significantly harmed. We generally have no long-term contracts for any of our components. As a result, a supplier can discontinue supplying components to us without penalty. If a supplier discontinued supplying a component, our business may be harmed by the resulting product manufacturing and delivery delays. We are also subject to potential delays in the development by our suppliers of key components which may affect our ability to introduce new products.
 
We use rolling forecasts based on anticipated product orders to determine our component requirements. Lead times for materials and components that we order vary significantly and depend on factors such as specific supplier requirements, contract terms and current market demand for particular components. If we overestimate our component requirements, we may have excess inventory, which would increase our costs. If we underestimate our component requirements, we may have inadequate inventory, which could interrupt our manufacturing and delay delivery of our products to our customers. Any of these occurrences would significantly harm our business.
 
We are dependent on widespread market acceptance of two product families, and our revenues will decline if the market does not continue to accept either of these product families
 
We currently derive substantially all of our revenue from sales of our optical subsystems and components and network performance test and monitoring systems. We expect that revenue from these products will continue to account for substantially all of our revenue for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, widespread acceptance of these products is critical to our future success. If the market does not continue to accept either our optical subsystems and components or our network performance test and monitoring systems, our revenues will decline significantly. Factors that may affect the market acceptance of our products include the continued growth of the markets for LANs, SANs, and MANs and, in particular, Gigabit Ethernet and Fibre Channel-based technologies, as well as the performance, price and total cost of ownership of our products and the availability, functionality and price of competing products and technologies.
 
Many of these factors are beyond our control. In addition, in order to achieve widespread market acceptance, we must differentiate ourselves from our competition through product offerings and brand name recognition. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in making this differentiation or achieving widespread acceptance of our products. Failure of our existing or future products to maintain and achieve widespread levels of market acceptance will significantly impair our revenue growth.
 
We depend on large purchases from a few significant customers, and any loss, cancellation, reduction or delay in purchases by these customers could harm our business
 
A small number of customers have consistently accounted for a significant portion of our revenues. For example, sales to our top five customers represented 44.0% of our revenues in fiscal 2006, including Cisco Systems, which represented 22.3%. Our success will depend on our continued ability to develop and manage relationships with significant customers. Although we are attempting to expand our customer base, we expect that significant customer concentration will continue for the foreseeable future.
 
The markets in which we sell our optical subsystems and components products are dominated by a relatively small number of systems manufacturers, thereby limiting the number of our potential customers. Our dependence on large orders from a relatively small number of customers makes our relationship with each customer critically important to our business. We cannot assure you that we will be able to retain our largest customers, that we will be able to attract additional customers or that our customers will be successful in selling their products that incorporate our products. We have in the past experienced delays and reductions in orders from some of our major customers. In addition, our customers have in the past sought price concessions from us, and we expect that they will continue to do so in the future. Cost reduction measures that we have implemented over the past several years, and additional action we may take to reduce costs, may adversely affect our ability to introduce new and improved products which may, in turn, adversely affect our relationships with some of our key customers. Further, some of our customers may in the future shift their purchases of products from us to our competitors or to joint ventures between these customers and our competitors. The loss of one or more of our largest customers, any reduction or delay in sales to


18


Table of Contents

these customers, our inability to successfully develop relationships with additional customers or future price concessions that we may make could significantly harm our business.
 
Because we do not have long-term contracts with our customers, our customers may cease purchasing our products at any time if we fail to meet our customers’ needs
 
Typically, we do not have long-term contracts with our customers. As a result, our agreements with our customers do not provide any assurance of future sales. Accordingly:
 
  •  our customers can stop purchasing our products at any time without penalty;
 
  •  our customers are free to purchase products from our competitors; and
 
  •  our customers are not required to make minimum purchases.
 
Sales are typically made pursuant to individual purchase orders, often with extremely short lead times. If we are unable to fulfill these orders in a timely manner, it is likely that we will lose sales and customers.
 
Our market is subject to rapid technological change, and to compete effectively we must continually introduce new products that achieve market acceptance
 
The markets for our products are characterized by rapid technological change, frequent new product introductions, changes in customer requirements and evolving industry standards with respect to the protocols used in data communications networks. We expect that new technologies will emerge as competition and the need for higher and more cost-effective bandwidth increases. Our future performance will depend on the successful development, introduction and market acceptance of new and enhanced products that address these changes as well as current and potential customer requirements. The introduction of new and enhanced products may cause our customers to defer or cancel orders for existing products. In addition, a slowdown in demand for existing products ahead of a new product introduction could result in a write-down in the value of inventory on hand related to existing products. We have in the past experienced a slowdown in demand for existing products and delays in new product development and such delays may occur in the future. To the extent customers defer or cancel orders for existing products due to a slowdown in demand or in the expectation of a new product release or if there is any delay in development or introduction of our new products or enhancements of our products, our operating results would suffer. We also may not be able to develop the underlying core technologies necessary to create new products and enhancements, or to license these technologies from third parties. Product development delays may result from numerous factors, including:
 
  •  changing product specifications and customer requirements;
 
  •  unanticipated engineering complexities;
 
  •  expense reduction measures we have implemented, and others we may implement, to conserve our cash and attempt to maintain and increase our profitability;
 
  •  difficulties in hiring and retaining necessary technical personnel;
 
  •  difficulties in reallocating engineering resources and overcoming resource limitations; and
 
  •  changing market or competitive product requirements.
 
The development of new, technologically advanced products is a complex and uncertain process requiring high levels of innovation and highly skilled engineering and development personnel, as well as the accurate anticipation of technological and market trends. We cannot assure you that we will be able to identify, develop, manufacture, market or support new or enhanced products successfully, if at all, or on a timely basis. Further, we cannot assure you that our new products will gain market acceptance or that we will be able to respond effectively to product announcements by competitors, technological changes or emerging industry standards. Any failure to respond to technological change would significantly harm our business.


19


Table of Contents

Continued competition in our markets may lead to a reduction in our prices, revenues and market share
 
The markets for optical subsystems and components and network performance test and monitoring systems for use in LANs, SANs and MANs are highly competitive. Our current competitors include a number of domestic and international companies, many of which have substantially greater financial, technical, marketing and distribution resources and brand name recognition than we have. Other companies, including some of our customers, may enter the market for optical subsystems and network test and monitoring systems. We may not be able to compete successfully against either current or future competitors. Increased competition could result in significant price erosion, reduced revenue, lower margins or loss of market share, any of which would significantly harm our business. For optical subsystems, we compete primarily with JDS Uniphase, Avago Technologies (formerly part of Agilent Technologies), Intel, Mitsubishi, Sumitomo and a number of smaller vendors. For network test and monitoring systems, we compete primarily with LeCroy Corporation and Agilent Technologies. Our competitors continue to introduce improved products with lower prices, and we will have to do the same to remain competitive. In addition, some of our current and potential customers may attempt to integrate their operations by producing their own optical components and subsystems and network test and monitoring systems or acquiring one of our competitors, thereby eliminating the need to purchase our products. Furthermore, larger companies in other related industries, such as the telecommunications industry, may develop or acquire technologies and apply their significant resources, including their distribution channels and brand name recognition, to capture significant market share in the industry segments in which we participate.
 
Decreases in average selling prices of our products may reduce gross margins
 
The market for optical subsystems is characterized by declining average selling prices resulting from factors such as increased competition, overcapacity, the introduction of new products and increased unit volumes as manufacturers continue to deploy network and storage systems. We have in the past experienced, and in the future may experience, substantial period-to-period fluctuations in operating results due to declining average selling prices. We anticipate that average selling prices will decrease in the future in response to product introductions by competitors or us, or by other factors, including price pressures from significant customers. Therefore, in order to achieve and sustain profitable operations, we must continue to develop and introduce on a timely basis new products that incorporate features that can be sold at higher average selling prices. Failure to do so could cause our revenues and gross margins to decline, which would result in additional operating losses and significantly harm our business.
 
We may be unable to reduce the cost of our products sufficiently to enable us to compete with others. Our cost reduction efforts may not allow us to keep pace with competitive pricing pressures and could adversely affect our margins. In order to remain competitive, we must continually reduce the cost of manufacturing our products through design and engineering changes. We may not be successful in redesigning our products or delivering our products to market in a timely manner. We cannot assure you that any redesign will result in sufficient cost reductions to allow us to reduce the price of our products to remain competitive or improve our gross margins.
 
Shifts in our product mix may result in declines in gross margins
 
Our gross profit margins vary among our product families, and are generally higher on our network test and monitoring systems than on our optical subsystems and components. Our optical products sold for longer distance MAN and telecom applications typically have higher gross margins than our products for shorter distance LAN or SAN applications. Our gross margins are generally lower for newly introduced products and improve as unit volumes increase. Our overall gross margins have fluctuated from period to period as a result of shifts in product mix, the introduction of new products, decreases in average selling prices for older products and our ability to reduce product costs, and these fluctuations are expected to continue in the future.
 
Our customers often evaluate our products for long and variable periods, which causes the timing of our revenues and results of operations to be unpredictable
 
The period of time between our initial contact with a customer and the receipt of an actual purchase order may span a year or more. During this time, customers may perform, or require us to perform, extensive and lengthy evaluation and testing of our products before purchasing and using them in their equipment. Our customers do not


20


Table of Contents

typically share information on the duration or magnitude of these qualification procedures. The length of these qualification processes also may vary substantially by product and customer, and, thus, cause our results of operations to be unpredictable. While our potential customers are qualifying our products and before they place an order with us, we may incur substantial research and development and sales and marketing expenses and expend significant management effort. Even after incurring such costs we ultimately may not sell any products to such potential customers. In addition, these qualification processes often make it difficult to obtain new customers, as customers are reluctant to expend the resources necessary to qualify a new supplier if they have one or more existing qualified sources. Once our products have been qualified, the agreements that we enter into with our customers typically contain no minimum purchase commitments. Failure of our customers to incorporate our products into their systems would significantly harm our business.
 
We depend on facilities located outside of the United States to manufacture a substantial portion of our products, which subjects us to additional risks
 
In addition to our principal manufacturing facility in Malaysia, we operate smaller facilities in China and Singapore and also rely on two contract manufacturers located outside of the United States. Each of these facilities and manufacturers subjects us to additional risks associated with international manufacturing, including:
 
  •  unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;
 
  •  legal uncertainties regarding liability, tariffs and other trade barriers;
 
  •  inadequate protection of intellectual property in some countries;
 
  •  greater incidence of shipping delays;
 
  •  greater difficulty in overseeing manufacturing operations;
 
  •  greater difficulty in hiring talent needed to oversee manufacturing operations;
 
  •  potential political and economic instability; and
 
  •  the outbreak of infectious diseases such as severe acute respiratory syndrome, or SARS, which could result in travel restrictions or the closure of our facilities or the facilities of our customers and suppliers.
 
Any of these factors could significantly impair our ability to source our contract manufacturing requirements internationally.
 
Our future operating results may be subject to volatility as a result of exposure to foreign exchange risks.
 
We are exposed to foreign exchange risks. Foreign currency fluctuations may affect both our revenues and our costs and expenses and significantly affect our operating results. Prices for our products are currently denominated in U.S. dollars for sales to our customers throughout the world. If there is a significant devaluation of the currency in a specific country relative to the dollar, the prices of our products will increase relative to that country’s currency, our products may be less competitive in that country and our revenues may be adversely affected.
 
Although we price our products in U.S. dollars, portions of both our cost of revenues and operating expenses are incurred in foreign currencies, principally the Malaysian ringit and the Chinese yuan. As a result, we bear the risk that the rate of inflation in one or more countries will exceed the rate of the devaluation of that country’s currency in relation to the U.S. dollar, which would increase our costs as expressed in U.S. dollars. On July 21, 2005, the People’s Bank of China announced that the yuan will no longer be pegged to the U.S. dollar but will be allowed to float in a band (and, to a limited extent, increase in value) against a basket of foreign currencies. This development increases the risk that Chinese-sourced materials and labor could become more expensive for us. To date, we have not engaged in currency hedging transactions to decrease the risk of financial exposure from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.


21


Table of Contents

Our business and future operating results are subject to a wide range of uncertainties arising out of the continuing threat of terrorist attacks and ongoing military action in the Middle East
 
Like other U.S. companies, our business and operating results are subject to uncertainties arising out of the continuing threat of terrorist attacks on the United States and ongoing military action in the Middle East, including the economic consequences of the war in Iraq or additional terrorist activities and associated political instability, and the impact of heightened security concerns on domestic and international travel and commerce. In particular, due to these uncertainties we are subject to:
 
  •  increased risks related to the operations of our manufacturing facilities in Malaysia;
 
  •  greater risks of disruption in the operations of our Asian contract manufacturers and more frequent instances of shipping delays; and
 
  •  the risk that future tightening of immigration controls may adversely affect the residence status of non-U.S. engineers and other key technical employees in our U.S. facilities or our ability to hire new non-U.S. employees in such facilities.
 
We have made and may continue to make strategic investments which may not be successful, may result in the loss of all or part of our invested capital and may adversely affect our operating results
 
Through fiscal 2006, we recorded minority equity investments in early-stage technology companies, totaling $52.4 million. Our investments in these early stage companies were primarily motivated by our desire to gain early access to new technology. We intend to review additional opportunities to make strategic equity investments in pre-public companies where we believe such investments will provide us with opportunities to gain access to important technologies or otherwise enhance important commercial relationships. We have little or no influence over the early-stage companies in which we have made or may make these strategic, minority equity investments. Each of these investments in pre-public companies involves a high degree of risk. We may not be successful in achieving the financial, technological or commercial advantage upon which any given investment is premised, and failure by the early-stage company to achieve its own business objectives or to raise capital needed on acceptable economic terms could result in a loss of all or part of our invested capital. In fiscal 2003, we wrote off $12.0 million in two investments which became impaired. In fiscal 2004, we wrote off $1.6 million in two additional investments, and in fiscal 2005, we wrote off $10.0 million in another investment. During the first quarter of fiscal 2006 we reclassified $4.2 million of an investment associated with the Infineon acquisition to goodwill as the investment was deemed to have no value. In addition, during fiscal 2006, we recognized $2.1 million of losses related to another investment accounted for under the equity method. We may be required to write off all or a portion of the $15.1 million in such investments remaining on our balance sheet as of April 30, 2006 in future periods and to recognize additional losses related to certain of our investments.
 
We are subject to pending legal proceedings
 
A securities class action lawsuit was filed on November 30, 2001 in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, purportedly on behalf of all persons who purchased our common stock from November 17, 1999 through December 6, 2000. The complaint named as defendants Finisar, Jerry S. Rawls, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Frank H. Levinson, our former Chairman of the Board and Chief Technical Officer, Stephen K. Workman, our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, and an investment banking firm that served as an underwriter for our initial public offering in November 1999 and a secondary offering in April 2000. The complaint, as subsequently amended, alleges violations of Sections 11 and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Sections 10(b) and 20(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. No specific damages are claimed. Similar allegations have been made in lawsuits relating to more than 300 other initial public offerings conducted in 1999 and 2000, which were consolidated for pretrial purposes. In October 2002, all claims against the individual defendants were dismissed without prejudice. On February 19, 2003, the Court denied defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint. In July 2004, we and the individual defendants accepted a settlement proposal made to all of the issuer defendants. Under the terms of the settlement, the plaintiffs will dismiss and release all claims against participating defendants in exchange for a contingent payment guaranty by the insurance companies collectively responsible for insuring the issuers in all related cases, and the assignment or surrender to the plaintiffs of certain


22


Table of Contents

claims the issuer defendants may have against the underwriters. Under the guaranty, the insurers will be required to pay the amount, if any, by which $1 billion exceeds the aggregate amount ultimately collected by the plaintiffs from the underwriter defendants in all the cases. If the plaintiffs fail to recover $1 billion and payment is required under the guaranty, we would be responsible to pay our pro rata portion of the shortfall, up to the amount of the self-insured retention under our insurance policy, which may be up to $2 million. The timing and amount of payments that we could be required to make under the proposed settlement will depend on several factors, principally the timing and amount of any payment that the insurers may be required to make pursuant to the $1 billion guaranty. The Court held hearings on April 13, 2005 and September 6, 2005 to determine the form, substance and program of class notice and the scheduling of a fairness hearing for final approval of the settlement. Subsequently, the Court held a hearing on April 24, 2006 to consider final approval of the settlement and has yet to issue a decision. If the settlement is not approved by the Court, we intend to defend the lawsuit vigorously. Because of the inherent uncertainty of litigation, however, we cannot predict its outcome. If, as a result of this dispute, we are required to pay significant monetary damages, our business would be substantially harmed.
 
Because of competition for technical personnel, we may not be able to recruit or retain necessary personnel
 
We believe our future success will depend in large part upon our ability to attract and retain highly skilled managerial, technical, sales and marketing, finance and manufacturing personnel. In particular, we may need to increase the number of technical staff members with experience in high-speed networking applications as we further develop our product lines. Competition for these highly skilled employees in our industry is intense. Our failure to attract and retain these qualified employees could significantly harm our business. The loss of the services of any of our qualified employees, the inability to attract or retain qualified personnel in the future or delays in hiring required personnel could hinder the development and introduction of and negatively impact our ability to sell our products. In addition, employees may leave our company and subsequently compete against us. Moreover, companies in our industry whose employees accept positions with competitors frequently claim that their competitors have engaged in unfair hiring practices. We have been subject to claims of this type and may be subject to such claims in the future as we seek to hire qualified personnel. Some of these claims may result in material litigation. We could incur substantial costs in defending ourselves against these claims, regardless of their merits.
 
Our products may contain defects that may cause us to incur significant costs, divert our attention from product development efforts and result in a loss of customers
 
Our products are complex and defects may be found from time to time. Networking products frequently contain undetected software or hardware defects when first introduced or as new versions are released. In addition, our products are often embedded in or deployed in conjunction with our customers’ products which incorporate a variety of components produced by third parties. As a result, when problems occur, it may be difficult to identify the source of the problem. These problems may cause us to incur significant damages or warranty and repair costs, divert the attention of our engineering personnel from our product development efforts and cause significant customer relation problems or loss of customers, all of which would harm our business.
 
Our failure to protect our intellectual property may significantly harm our business
 
Our success and ability to compete is dependent in part on our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality agreements to establish and protect our proprietary rights. We license certain of our proprietary technology, including our digital diagnostics technology, to customers who include current and potential competitors, and we rely largely on provisions of our licensing agreements to protect our intellectual property rights in this technology. Although a number of patents have been issued to us, we have obtained a number of other patents as a result of our acquisitions, and we have filed applications for additional patents, we cannot assure you that any patents will issue as a result of pending patent applications or that our issued patents will be upheld. Any infringement of our proprietary rights could result in significant litigation costs, and any failure to adequately protect our proprietary rights could result in our competitors offering similar products, potentially resulting in loss of a competitive advantage and decreased


23


Table of Contents

revenues. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, existing patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws afford only limited protection. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. Attempts may be made to copy or reverse engineer aspects of our products or to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. Accordingly, we may not be able to prevent misappropriation of our technology or deter others from developing similar technology. Furthermore, policing the unauthorized use of our products is difficult and expensive. We are currently engaged in pending litigation to enforce certain of our patents, and additional litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. In connection with the pending litigation, substantial management time has been, and will continue to be, expended. In addition, we have incurred, and we expect to continue to incur, substantial legal expenses in connection with these pending lawsuits. These costs and this diversion of resources could significantly harm our business.
 
Claims that we infringe third-party intellectual property rights could result in significant expenses or restrictions on our ability to sell our products
 
The networking industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent litigation based on allegations of patent infringement. We have been involved in the past as a defendant in patent infringement lawsuits. From time to time, other parties may assert patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property rights to technologies and in various jurisdictions that are important to our business. Any claims asserting that our products infringe or may infringe proprietary rights of third parties, if determined adversely to us, could significantly harm our business. Any claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, result in costly litigation, divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, cause product shipment delays or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements, any of which could significantly harm our business. Royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be available on terms acceptable to us, if at all. In addition, our agreements with our customers typically require us to indemnify our customers from any expense or liability resulting from claimed infringement of third party intellectual property rights. In the event a claim against us was successful and we could not obtain a license to the relevant technology on acceptable terms or license a substitute technology or redesign our products to avoid infringement, our business would be significantly harmed.
 
Our business and future operating results may be adversely affected by events outside our control
 
Our business and operating results are vulnerable to events outside of our control, such as earthquakes, fire, power loss, telecommunications failures and uncertainties arising out of terrorist attacks in the United States and overseas. Our corporate headquarters and a portion of our manufacturing operations are located in California. California in particular has been vulnerable to natural disasters, such as earthquakes, fires and floods, and other risks which at times have disrupted the local economy and posed physical risks to our property. We are also dependent on communications links with our overseas manufacturing locations and would be significantly harmed if these links were interrupted for any significant length of time. We presently do not have adequate redundant, multiple site capacity if any of these events were to occur, nor can we be certain that the insurance we maintain against these events would be adequate.
 
The conversion of our outstanding convertible subordinated notes would result in substantial dilution to our current stockholders
 
We currently have outstanding 51/4% convertible subordinated notes due 2008 in the principal amount of $100.3 million and 21/2% convertible subordinated notes due 2010 in the principal amount of $150.0 million. The 51/4% notes are convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time on or prior to maturity into shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $5.52 per share. The 21/2% notes are convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time on or prior to maturity into shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $3.705 per share. An aggregate of 58,647,060 shares of common stock would be issued upon the conversion of all outstanding convertible subordinated notes at these exchange rates, which would significantly dilute the voting power and ownership percentage of our existing stockholders. Holders of the notes due in 2010 have the right to require us to repurchase some or all of their notes on October 15, 2007. We may choose to pay the repurchase price in cash, shares of our common stock or a combination thereof. Our right to repurchase the notes, in whole or in part, with shares of our common stock is


24


Table of Contents

subject to the registration of the shares of our common stock to be issued upon repurchase under the Securities Act, if required, and registration with or approval of any state or federal governmental authority if such registration or approval is required before such shares may be issued. We have previously entered into privately negotiated transactions with certain holders of our convertible subordinated notes for the repurchase of notes in exchange for a greater number of shares of our common stock than would have been issued had the principal amount of the notes been converted at the original conversion rate specified in the notes, thus resulting in more dilution. Although we do not currently have any plans to enter into similar transactions in the future, if we were to do so there would be additional dilution to the voting power and percentage ownership of our existing stockholders.
 
Delaware law, our charter documents and our stockholder rights plan contain provisions that could discourage or prevent a potential takeover, even if such a transaction would be beneficial to our stockholders
 
Some provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that a stockholder may consider favorable. These include provisions:
 
  •  authorizing the board of directors to issue additional preferred stock;
 
  •  prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors;
 
  •  limiting the persons who may call special meetings of stockholders;
 
  •  prohibiting stockholder actions by written consent;
 
  •  creating a classified board of directors pursuant to which our directors are elected for staggered three-year terms;
 
  •  permitting the board of directors to increase the size of the board and to fill vacancies;
 
  •  requiring a super-majority vote of our stockholders to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation; and
 
  •  establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings.
 
We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law which limit the right of a corporation to engage in a business combination with a holder of 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting securities, or certain affiliated persons.
 
In addition, in September 2002, our board of directors adopted a stockholder rights plan under which our stockholders received one share purchase right for each share of our common stock held by them. Subject to certain exceptions, the rights become exercisable when a person or group (other than certain exempt persons) acquires, or announces its intention to commence a tender or exchange offer upon completion of which such person or group would acquire, 20% or more of our common stock without prior board approval. Should such an event occur, then, unless the rights are redeemed or have expired, our stockholders, other than the acquirer, will be entitled to purchase shares of our common stock at a 50% discount from its then-Current Market Price (as defined) or, in the case of certain business combinations, purchase the common stock of the acquirer at a 50% discount.
 
Although we believe that these charter and bylaw provisions, provisions of Delaware law and our stockholder rights plan provide an opportunity for the board to assure that our stockholders realize full value for their investment, they could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, even under circumstances that some stockholders may consider beneficial.
 
Our stock price has been and is likely to continue to be volatile
 
The trading price of our common stock has been and is likely to continue to be subject to large fluctuations. Our stock price may increase or decrease in response to a number of events and factors, including:
 
  •  trends in our industry and the markets in which we operate;


25


Table of Contents

 
  •  changes in the market price of the products we sell;
 
  •  changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts;
 
  •  acquisitions and financings;
 
  •  quarterly variations in our operating results;
 
  •  the operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors in our common stock may deem comparable; and
 
  •  purchases or sales of blocks of our common stock.
 
Part of this volatility is attributable to the current state of the stock market, in which wide price swings are common. This volatility may adversely affect the prices of our common stock regardless of our operating performance.
 
Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments
 
None.
 
Item 2.   Properties
 
Our principal facilities are located in California, Texas, Malaysia and China.
 
We lease a 92,000 square foot building in Sunnyvale, California for our corporate headquarters under a lease that expires in February 2020. We conduct research and development, sales and marketing, general and administrative and limited manufacturing operations at our Sunnyvale facilities.
 
We own a 640,000 square foot manufacturing facility in Ipoh, Malaysia, where we conduct our principal manufacturing operations. The land upon which the facility is located is subject to a long term lease that expires in June 2055.
 
We lease facilities, totaling approximately 44,000 square feet, in Fremont, California under leases that expire in February 2007. We conduct wafer fabrication operations at these facilities. We are currently negotiating an extension of this lease.
 
We lease approximately 18,250 square feet of general office space in Scotts Valley, California under a lease that expires in November 2010. We acquired this leased facility in connection with our acquisition of InterSAN in May 2005.
 
We lease approximately 26,400 square feet of general office space in Eden Prairie, Minnesota under a lease that expires in March 2010. We acquired this leased facility in connection with our acquisition of I-TECH in April 2005. We consolidated the former I-TECH operations at our other facilities in the first quarter of fiscal 2006 and are seeking to sublease the Minnesota facility. The facility is currently vacant.
 
We lease approximately 57,000 square feet of general office and manufacturing space in Shanghai, China to house the operations of our subsidiary, Transwave Fiber (Shanghai), Inc. This lease expires in August 2007.
 
We lease a 160,000 square foot facility in Allen, Texas, where we conduct the principal manufacturing operations for our AOC Division under a lease that expires in February 2020. A portion of this facility consisting of approximately 35,000 square feet is currently subleased. In connection with our acquisition of Honeywell’s VCSEL Optical Products business unit, we entered into a lease with Honeywell for a manufacturing facility in Richardson, Texas, totaling approximately 50,000 square feet, where a small portion of the operations of our AOC Division remain. This lease expires in November 2006.
 
We lease approximately 16,000 square feet of general office space in Austin, Texas, to house the operations of our Medusa Technologies Division. This lease expires in July 2008.
 
We lease approximately 13,600 square feet of general office space in Singapore under a lease that expires in October 2008. We conduct research and development and logistics operations at this facility.


26


Table of Contents

 
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings
 
A securities class action lawsuit was filed on November 30, 2001 in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, purportedly on behalf of all persons who purchased our common stock from November 17, 1999 through December 6, 2000. The complaint named as defendants Finisar, Jerry S. Rawls, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Frank H. Levinson, our former Chairman of the Board and Chief Technical Officer, Stephen K. Workman, our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, and an investment banking firm that served as an underwriter for our initial public offering in November 1999 and a secondary offering in April 2000. The complaint, as subsequently amended, alleges violations of Sections 11 and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Sections 10(b) and 20(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, on the grounds that the prospectuses incorporated in the registration statements for the offerings failed to disclose, among other things, that (i) the underwriter had solicited and received excessive and undisclosed commissions from certain investors in exchange for which the underwriter allocated to those investors material portions of the shares of our stock sold in the offerings and (ii) the underwriter had entered into agreements with customers whereby the underwriter agreed to allocate shares of our stock sold in the offerings to those customers in exchange for which the customers agreed to purchase additional shares of our stock in the aftermarket at pre-determined prices. No specific damages are claimed. Similar allegations have been made in lawsuits relating to more than 300 other initial public offerings conducted in 1999 and 2000, which were consolidated for pretrial purposes. In October 2002, all claims against the individual defendants were dismissed without prejudice. On February 19, 2003, the Court denied defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint. In July 2004, we and the individual defendants accepted a settlement proposal made to all of the issuer defendants. Under the terms of the settlement, the plaintiffs will dismiss and release all claims against participating defendants in exchange for a contingent payment guaranty by the insurance companies collectively responsible for insuring the issuers in all related cases, and the assignment or surrender to the plaintiffs of certain claims the issuer defendants may have against the underwriters. Under the guaranty, the insurers will be required to pay the amount, if any, by which $1 billion exceeds the aggregate amount ultimately collected by the plaintiffs from the underwriter defendants in all the cases. If the plaintiffs fail to recover $1 billion and payment is required under the guaranty, we would be responsible to pay our pro rata portion of the shortfall, up to the amount of the self-insured retention under our insurance policy, which may be up to $2 million. The timing and amount of payments that we could be required to make under the proposed settlement will depend on several factors, principally the timing and amount of any payment that the insurers may be required to make pursuant to the $1 billion guaranty. The settlement is subject to approval of the Court. The Court held hearings on April 13, 2005 and September 6, 2005 to determine the final form, substance and program of class notice and the scheduling of a fairness hearing to consider final approval of the settlement. Subsequently, the Court held a hearing on April 24, 2006 to consider final approval of the settlement and has yet to issue a decision. If the settlement is not approved by the Court, we intend to defend the lawsuit vigorously. Because of the inherent uncertainty of litigation, however, we cannot predict its outcome. If, as a result of this dispute, we are required to pay significant monetary damages, our business would be substantially harmed.
 
On April 4, 2005, we filed an action for patent infringement in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas against the DirecTV Group, Inc.; DirecTV Holdings, LLC; DirecTV Enterprises, LLC; DirecTV Operations, LLC; DirecTV, Inc.; and Hughes Network Systems, Inc. (collectively, “DirecTV”). The lawsuit involves our U.S. Patent No. 5,404,505, which relates to technology used in information transmission systems to provide access to a large database of information. On June 23, 2006, following a jury trial, the jury returned a verdict that our patent has been willfully infringed and awarded us damages of $78,920,250.25. In a post-trial hearing held on July 6, 2006, the Court determined that, due to DirecTV’s willful infringement, those damages would be enhanced by an additional $25 million. Further, the Court awarded us pre-judgment interest on the jury’s verdict in the amount of 6% compounded annually from April 4, 1999, amounting to about $13.4 million. Finally, the Court awarded us costs associated with the litigation, exclusive of attorneys’ fees. The Court denied our motion for injunctive relief, but ordered DirecTV to pay a compulsory ongoing license fee to us at the rate of $1.60 per set-top box through the duration of the patent, which expires in April 2012. During the hearing, the Court also denied all pending motions not previously ruled on, including DirecTV’s motions requesting the Court to set aside or reverse the jury verdict. The Court entered final judgment in our favor and against DirecTV on July 7, 2006. DirecTV has indicated in post-trial press releases that it intends to appeal the decision.


27


Table of Contents

On September 6, 2005, we filed an action in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware against Agilent Technologies, Inc. (“Agilent”). The lawsuit alleged that Agilent willfully infringed our U.S. Patents No. 5,019,769 and No. 6,941,077, relating to our digital diagnostics technology, by developing, manufacturing, using, importing, selling and/or offering to sell optoelectronic transceivers that embody one or more of the claims of the patents. The complaint sought damages for lost profits of at least $1.1 billion based on Agilent’s sales of infringing products. We also sought to treble those damages based on the willful nature of Agilent’s infringement and to obtain an injunction against future infringement. On October 24, 2005, we filed an amended complaint adding allegations of infringement of our U.S. Patents No. 6,952,531 and No. 6,957,021, two patents that also relate to our digital diagnostic technology. On December 7, 2005, Agilent answered the complaint denying infringement and asserting patent invalidity. The Court had set a trial date of September 4, 2007. In July 2006, we, on the one hand, and Agilent and Verigy Pte. Ltd. (a Singaporean corporation created from Agilent’s semiconductor test business after the suit began), on the other hand, reached a settlement agreement, which included a cross-covenant not to sue the other parties for infringement of fiber optic patents in their respective portfolios. Under terms of the settlement, the parties agreed to dismiss the suit and countersuit.
 
On February 22, 2006, Avago Technologies General IP Pte. Ltd. and Avago Technologies Fiber IP Pte. Ltd., both Singaporean corporations, filed suit against us in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, alleging that our short-wavelength optoelectronic transceivers infringe U.S. Patents Nos. 5,359,447 and 5,761,229. The Avago entities were created as a result of the acquisition of Agilent’s Semiconductor Products Group (which included Agilent’s optoelectronic transceiver business) by Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., Silver Lake Partners, and others. The complaint sought damages for willful infringement, injunctive relief, prejudgment interest, and attorneys’ fees. Without ever having served the complaint on us, the Avago entities dismissed their suit without prejudice on March 2, 2006. We believe that the allegations by the Avago entities were without merit. In July 2006, we and the Avago entities signed a cross-license agreement covering the parties’ respective fiber optic patent portfolios. The agreement resolves, among other things, any previous issues with respect to U.S. Patent Nos. 5,359,447 and 5,761,229.
 
On October 6, 2005, The Epoch Group, Inc. (“Epoch”) sued us in the United States District Court for the Central District of California. Epoch’s complaint, as amended on November 28, 2005, alleged that we violated federal antitrust laws and the Lanham Act and committed defamation per se by, among other things, disparaging Epoch’s products and services, maintaining secret prices and purchasing competing companies. The amended complaint sought damages in the amount of $9 million. The federal action was based largely on facts similar to those alleged by Epoch in an action against us filed on February 22, 2005 in the California Superior Court for the County of Ventura. In the state action, Epoch alleged interference with contract and unfair business practices and sought damages of approximately $5 million. The state court complaint alleged, among other things, that we interfered with an Epoch sale contract with EMC Corporation by offering EMC a secret discount on our products. On April 5, 2005, we filed a cross-complaint against Epoch alleging interference with prospective economic advantage, unfair competition, misappropriation of trade secrets, civil conspiracy, unfair competition and trade libel and seeking damages of at least $1 million. As alleged by Us — and by EMC — EMC canceled Epoch’s sale contract because it learned that Epoch had bribed a now-terminated EMC employee to get the contract in the first instance. Trial in the state action was set for February 25, 2006. On January 30, 2006, we filed a motion to dismiss the federal complaint in its entirety. On February 21, 2006, the Court issued an order granting our motion and dismissing all of Epoch’s claims without prejudice. Prior to the entry of that order, at a February 7, 2006 mandatory settlement conference in the state action, the parties agreed to settle both lawsuits on the basis of mutual dismissals with prejudice and mutual releases with no money changing hands. Both federal and state cases have since been dismissed with prejudice.
 
On July 7, 2006, Comcast Cable Communications Corporation, LLC (“Comcast”) filed a complaint against us for declaratory judgment in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, San Francisco Division. Comcast seeks a declaratory judgment that our U.S. Patent No. 5,404,505 (the “’505 patent”) is not infringed by Comcast and is invalid. The ’505 patent is the same patent alleged by us in our lawsuit against DirecTV. We believe the suit to be without merit and are currently reviewing our options in response to the complaint.
 
On July 10, 2006, EchoStar Satellite LLC, EchoStar Technologies Corporation and NagraStar LLC (collectively “EchoStar”) filed a complaint against us for declaratory judgment in the United States District Court for the


28


Table of Contents

District of Delaware. EchoStar seeks a declaratory judgment that it does not infringe our ’505 patent. The ’505 patent is the same patent alleged by us in our lawsuit against DirecTV. We believe the suit to be without merit and are currently reviewing our options in response to the complaint.
 
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
 
There were no matters submitted to a vote of our security holders during the quarter ended April 30, 2006.
 
Executive Officers of the Registrant
 
Our executive officers and their ages as of June 30, 2006, are as follows:
 
             
Name
 
Position(s)
 
Age
 
Jerry S. Rawls
  Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer   61
David Buse
  Senior Vice President and General Manager, Network Tools Division   55
Anders Olsson
  Senior Vice President, Engineering   54
Stephen K. Workman
  Senior Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary   55
Joseph A. Young
  Senior Vice President and General Manager, Optics Division   49
 
Jerry S. Rawls has served as a member of our board of directors since March 1989 and as our Chairman of the Board since January 2006. Mr. Rawls has served as our Chief Executive Officer since August 1999. Mr. Rawls has also served as our President since April 2003 and previously held that title from April 1989 to September 2002. From September 1968 to February 1989, Mr. Rawls was employed by Raychem Corporation, a materials science and engineering company, where he held various management positions including Division General Manager of the Aerospace Products Division and Interconnection Systems Division. Mr. Rawls holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Texas Tech University and an M.S. in Industrial Administration from Purdue University.
 
David Buse has served as our Senior Vice President and General Manager, Network Tools Group, since June 2005. Mr. Buse joined Finisar in December 2003 as our Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing. From May 2002 to September 2003, Mr. Buse was employed as Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing of Silicon Bandwidth, an interconnect technology company. Prior thereto, he spent over 20 years at Raychem/Tyco in various positions, most recently serving as Americas National Sales Manager. Mr. Buse holds a B.S. in Engineering Management from the United States Air Force Academy and an M.B.A. from UCLA.
 
Anders Olsson joined Finisar in January 2004 as our Senior Vice President, Engineering. From April 2003 to December 2003, Dr. Olsson was President and Chief Executive Officer of Photon-X Inc., an optical sensing company. From April 2000 to April 2003, Dr. Olsson was the Chief Operating Officer and Chief Technical Officer of CENiX Inc, a high-speed integrated subsystems company for data-com and telecom markets. Before co-founding CENiX, Dr. Olsson held a number of positions at Bell Laboratories, Lucent Network Systems, and Lucent Microelectronics; the first in basic research and the last as Optoelectronics General Manager and Vice President. Dr. Olsson holds an M.S. in Engineering from Chalmers University of Technology of Gothenburg, Sweden, and a Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering from Cornell University.
 
Stephen K. Workman has served as our Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer since March 1999 and as our Secretary since August 1999. From November 1989 to March 1999, Mr. Workman served as Chief Financial Officer at Ortel Corporation. Mr. Workman holds a B.S. in Engineering Science and an M.S. in Industrial Administration from Purdue University.
 
Joseph A. Young has served as our Senior Vice President and General Manager, Optics Group, since June 2005. Mr. Young joined Finisar in October 2004 as our Senior Vice President, Operations. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Young served as Director of Enterprise Products, Optical Platform Division of Intel Corporation from May 2001 to October 2004. Mr. Young served as Vice President of Operations of LightLogic, Inc. from September 2000 to May 2001, when it was acquired by Intel, and as Vice President of Operations of Lexar Media, Inc. from


29


Table of Contents

December 1999 to September 2000. Mr. Young was employed from March 1983 to December 1999 by Tyco/Raychem, where he served in various positions, including his last position as Director of Worldwide Operations for the OEM Electronics Division of Raychem Corporation. Mr. Young holds a B.S. in Industrial Engineering from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, an M.S. in Operations Research from the University of New Haven and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.
 
PART II
 
Item 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Since our initial public offering on November 11, 1999, our common stock has traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “FNSR.” The following table sets forth the range of high and low closing sales prices of our common stock for the periods indicated:
 
                 
    High     Low  
 
Fiscal 2006 Quarter Ended:
               
April 30, 2006
  $ 5.13     $ 2.49  
January 31, 2006
  $ 2.72     $ 1.49  
October 31, 2005
  $ 1.54     $ 0.87  
July 31, 2005
  $ 1.30     $ 1.01  
Fiscal 2005 Quarter Ended:
               
April 30, 2005
  $ 1.26     $ 1.12  
January 31, 2005
  $ 1.78     $ 1.66  
October 31, 2004
  $ 1.47     $ 1.42  
July 31, 2004
  $ 1.53     $ 1.41  
 
The closing price of our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market on June 30, 2006 was $3.27. The approximate number of stockholders of record on June 30, 2006 was 457. We estimate that there are approximately 61,000 beneficial owners of our common stock.
 
We have never declared or paid dividends on our common stock and currently do not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future so that we may reinvest our earnings in the development of our business. The payment of dividends in the future will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors.


30


Table of Contents

 
Item 6.   Selected Financial Data
 
You should read the following selected financial data in conjunction with “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this report. The statement of operations data set forth below for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004 and the balance sheet data as of April 30, 2006 and 2005 are derived from, and are qualified by reference to, our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. The statement of operations data set forth below for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2003 and 2002 and the balance sheet data as of April 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002 are derived from audited financial statements not included in this report.
 
                                         
    Fiscal Years Ended April 30,  
    2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Statement of Operations Data:
                                       
Revenues
                                       
Optical subsystems and components
  $ 325,956     $ 241,582     $ 160,025     $ 136,846     $ 112,333  
Network test and monitoring systems
    38,337       39,241       25,593       29,636       34,932  
                                         
Total revenues
    364,293       280,823       185,618       166,482       147,265  
Cost of revenues
    247,126       205,631       143,585       130,501       136,626  
Amortization of acquired developed technology
    17,671       22,268       19,239       21,983       27,119  
Impairment of acquired developed technology
    853       3,656                    
                                         
Gross profit (loss)
    98,643       49,268       22,794       13,998       (16,480 )
                                         
Operating expenses:
                                       
Research and development
    51,903       62,799       62,193       60,295       54,372  
Sales and marketing
    31,925       29,783       20,063       20,232       21,448  
General and administrative
    29,408       23,374       16,738       15,201       19,419  
Amortization of (benefit from) deferred stock compensation
          162       (105 )     (1,719 )     11,963  
Acquired in-process research and development
          1,558       6,180             2,696  
Amortization of purchased intangibles
    1,747       1,104       572       758       129,099  
Impairment of tangible assets
          18,798                    
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
                      10,586        
Restructuring costs
    3,064       287       382       9,378        
Other acquisition costs
                222       198       3,119  
                                         
Total operating expenses
    118,047       137,865       106,245       114,929       242,116  
Loss from operations
    (19,404 )     (88,597 )     (83,451 )     (100,931 )     (258,596 )
Interest income
    3,482       2,396       3,171       4,689       6,127  
Interest expense
    (15,842 )     (14,468 )     (28,872 )     (11,388 )     (6,195 )
Other income (expense), net
    9,346       (12,582 )     (4,347 )     (51,314 )     1,360  
                                         
Loss before income taxes and cumulative effect of an accounting change
    (22,418 )     (113,251 )     (113,499 )     (158,944 )     (257,304 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    2,501       856       334       229       (38,566 )
                                         
Loss before cumulative effect of an accounting change
    (24,919 )     (114,107 )     (113,833 )     (159,173 )     (218,738 )
Cumulative effect of an accounting change to adopt SFAS 142
                      (460,580 )      
                                         
Net loss
  $ (24,919 )   $ (114,107 )   $ (113,833 )   $ (619,753 )   $ (218,738 )
                                         


31


Table of Contents

                                         
    Fiscal Years Ended April 30,  
    2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Net loss per share — basic and diluted:
                                       
Before cumulative effect of an accounting change
  $ (0.09 )   $ (0.49 )   $ (0.53 )   $ (0.82 )   $ (1.21 )
Cumulative effect of an accounting change to adopt SFAS 142
  $     $     $     $ (2.35 )   $  
                                         
Net loss per share — basic and diluted:
  $ (0.09 )   $ (0.49 )   $ (0.53 )   $ (3.17 )   $ (1.21 )
                                         
Shares used in computing net loss per share — basic and diluted
    290,518       232,210       216,117       195,666       181,136  
Pro forma amounts assuming the change in accounting principle was applied retroactively (unaudited):
                                       
Net loss
  $ (24,919 )   $ (114,107 )   $ (113,833 )   $ (619,753 )   $ (90,957 )
Net loss per share — basic and diluted
  $ (0.09 )   $ (0.49 )   $ (0.53 )   $ (3.17 )   $ (0.50 )
Shares used in computing net loss per share — basic and diluted
    290,518       232,210       216,117       195,666       181,136  
 
                                         
    As of April 30,  
    2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Cash, cash equivalents and investments
  $ 118,786     $ 102,362     $ 143,398     $ 119,438     $ 144,097  
Working capital
    158,672       91,799       172,892       149,967       222,603  
Total assets
    505,874       486,588       494,705       423,606       1,041,281  
Long-term liabilities
    263,581       265,274       233,732       101,531       106,869  
Total stockholders’ equity
    176,955       144,290       202,845       274,980       879,002  
 
Net income in fiscal 2003 reflects our adoption of Statements of Financial Accounting Standards 141 and 142 on May 1, 2002. As a result of our adoption, reported net loss decreased by approximately $127.8 million, or $0.65 per share, due to the cessation of the amortization of goodwill and the amortization of acquired workforce and customer base.
 
Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ substantially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” The following discussion should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this document.
 
Overview
 
We were incorporated in 1987 and funded our initial product development efforts largely through revenues derived under research and development contracts. After shipping our first products in 1991, we continued to finance our operations principally through internal cash flow and periodic bank borrowings until November 1998. At that time we raised $5.6 million of net proceeds from the sale of equity securities and bank borrowings to fund the continued growth and development of our business. In November 1999, we received net proceeds of $151.0 million from the initial public offering of shares of our common stock, and in April 2000 we received $190.6 million from an additional public offering of shares of our common stock. In October 2001, we sold $125 million aggregate principal amount of 51/4% convertible subordinated notes due October 15, 2008, and in October 2003, we sold $150 million aggregate principal amount of 21/2% convertible subordinated notes due October 15, 2010.

32


Table of Contents

To date, our revenues have been principally derived from sales of our optical subsystems to networking and storage systems manufacturers and sales of our network performance test systems to these manufacturers as well as end users. Optical subsystems consist primarily of transceivers sold to manufacturers of storage and networking equipment for SANs, LANs, and MAN applications. A large proportion of our sales are concentrated with a relatively small number of customers. Although we are attempting to expand our customer base, we expect that significant customer concentration will continue for the foreseeable future.
 
Since October 2000, we have acquired a number of companies and certain businesses and assets of other companies in order to broaden our product offerings and provide new sources of revenue, production capabilities and access to advanced technologies that we believe will enable us to reduce our product costs and develop innovative and more highly integrated product platforms while accelerating the timeframe required to develop such products.
 
The principal strategic goal of most of our acquisitions to date related to our optical subsystems and components business has been to broaden our optical product portfolio and gain access to leading-edge technology for the manufacture of optical components in order to improve the performance and reduce the cost of our optical subsystem products. In March 2004, we acquired a division of Honeywell International Inc. engaged in the design and manufacture of vertical cavity surface emitting lasers, or VCSELs, components used in all of our short distance LAN/SAN transceiver products, in order to reduce our costs of production and to gain access to VCSEL technology in order to accelerate the pace of developing new higher speed transceiver products and diversify into new markets by developing products for consumer and automotive applications. As a result of the Honeywell acquisition, we are now also selling VCSELs on a stand-alone basis to other manufacturers of subsystems. We acquired the transceiver and transponder assets of Infineon Technologies in January 2005 in order to broaden our product portfolio and gain exposure to new customers. We acquired certain assets of Big Bear Networks in November 2005 in order to gain access to new technology and products operating at 40Gb/s.
 
The principal strategic goal of most of our acquisitions to date related to our network test and monitoring business has been to broaden our product portfolio and to gain access to new distribution channels. The acquisition of assets and intellectual property of Data Transit, Inc. in August 2004, I-TECH Corp. in April 2005, and InterSAN, Inc. in May 2005 were examples of our pursuit of this strategy. As a result of these acquisitions, we have expanded our product offerings for SAN test, analysis and monitoring tools to include additional products which test and monitor storage networks using the SAS and SATA protocols as well as additional tools for testing and reconfiguring SANs.
 
We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, title and risk of loss pass to the customer, which is generally upon shipment, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. For those arrangements with multiple elements, or in related arrangements with the same customer, we allocate revenue to the separate elements based upon each element’s fair value as determined by the list price for such element.
 
We sell our products through our direct sales force, with the support of our manufacturers’ representatives, directly to domestic customers and indirectly through distribution channels to international customers. The evaluation and qualification cycle prior to the initial sale for our optical subsystems may span a year or more, while the sales cycle for our test and monitoring systems is usually considerably shorter.
 
The market for optical subsystems and components is characterized by declining average selling prices resulting from factors such as industry over-capacity, increased competition, the introduction of new products and the growth in unit volumes as manufacturers continue to deploy network and storage systems. We anticipate that our average selling prices will continue to decrease in future periods, although the timing and amount of these decreases cannot be predicted with any certainty.
 
Our cost of revenues consists of materials, salaries and related expenses for manufacturing personnel, manufacturing overhead, warranty expense, inventory adjustments for obsolete and excess inventory and the amortization of acquired developed technology associated with acquisitions that we have made. We have been manufacturing our optical subsystem products at our subsidiary in Ipoh, Malaysia, since fiscal 2002. We manufacture VCSELs used in our LAN/SAN products at our facility in Allen, Texas. We manufacture long


33


Table of Contents

wavelength FP and certain DFB lasers used in our MAN and telecom products at our facility in Fremont, CA. We manufacture certain passive components used in our MAN and telecom products at our facility in Shanghai, China. We conduct manufacturing engineering, supply chain management, quality assurance and documentation control at our facility in Sunnyvale, California. As a result of building a vertically integrated business model, our manufacturing cost structure has become more fixed. While this can be beneficial during periods when demand is strong, it can be more difficult to reduce costs during periods when demand for our products is weak, product mix is unfavorable or selling prices are generally lower. While we undertook measures to reduce our operating costs in order to become profitable toward the end of fiscal 2006, there can be no assurance that we will be able to reduce our cost of revenues enough to sustain profitability during periods of weak demand or when our product mix is unfavorable or when average selling prices are low.
 
Our gross profit margins vary among our product families, and are generally higher on our network test and monitoring systems than on our optical subsystems and components. Our optical products sold for longer distance MAN and telecom applications typically have higher gross margins than our products for shorter distance LAN and SAN applications. Our overall gross margins have fluctuated from period to period as a result of overall revenue levels, shifts in product mix, the introduction of new products, decreases in average selling prices and our ability to reduce product costs.
 
Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses for design engineers and other technical personnel, the cost of developing prototypes and fees paid to consultants. We charge all research and development expenses to operations as incurred. We believe that continued investment in research and development is critical to our long-term success.
 
Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of commissions paid to manufacturers’ representatives, salaries and related expenses for personnel engaged in sales, marketing and field support activities and other costs associated with the promotion of our products.
 
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses for administrative, finance and human resources personnel, professional fees, and other corporate expenses.
 
In connection with the grant of stock options to employees between August 1, 1998 and October 15, 1999, we recorded deferred stock compensation representing the difference between the deemed value of our common stock for accounting purposes and the exercise price of these options at the date of grant. In connection with the assumption of stock options previously granted to employees of companies we acquired, we recorded deferred compensation representing the difference between the fair market value of our common stock on the date of closing of each acquisition and the exercise price of the unvested portion of options granted by those companies which we assumed. Deferred stock compensation is presented as a reduction of stockholder’s equity, with accelerated amortization recorded over the vesting period, which is typically three to five years. The amount of deferred stock compensation expense has steadily decreased over time and was fully amortized at the end of fiscal 2005. No deferred compensation expense was recognized in fiscal 2006.
 
Acquired in-process research and development represents the amount of the purchase price in a business combination allocated to research and development projects underway at the acquired company that had not reached the technologically feasible stage as of the closing of the acquisition and for which we had no alternative future use.
 
A portion of the purchase price in a business combination is allocated to goodwill and intangibles. Prior to May 1, 2002, goodwill and purchased intangibles were amortized over their estimated useful lives. Subsequent to May 1, 2002, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer amortized but subject to annual impairment testing.
 
Impairment charges consist of write downs to the carrying value of intangible assets and goodwill arising from various business combinations to their implied fair value.
 
Restructuring costs generally include termination costs for employees associated with a formal restructuring plan and the cost of facilities or other unusable assets abandoned or sold.


34


Table of Contents

Other acquisition costs primarily consist of incentive payments for employee retention included in certain of the purchase agreements of companies we acquired and costs incurred in connection with transactions that were not completed.
 
Other income and expenses generally consist of bank fees, gains or losses as a result of the periodic sale of assets and other-than-temporary decline in the value of investments.
 
Recent Acquisitions
 
Acquisition of Honeywell VCSEL Optical Products Business
 
On March 1, 2004, we completed the acquisition of Honeywell International Inc.’s VCSEL Optical Products business unit for a purchase price and transaction expenses totaling approximately $80.9 million in cash and $1.2 million in our common stock. The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The results of operations of this business unit, which we now refer to as our Advanced Optical Components, or AOC, Division were included in our consolidated financial statements beginning on March 1, 2004.
 
Acquisition of Assets of Data Transit Corp.
 
On August 6, 2004, we completed the purchase of substantially all of the assets of Data Transit Corp. in exchange for a cash payment of $500,000 and the issuance of a convertible promissory note in the original principal amount of $16.3 million. Transaction costs totaled $682,000. During fiscal 2006, we issued 15,082,865 shares of common stock upon the conversion of all of the principal and interest on this note. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and, accordingly, the results of operations of the acquired assets (beginning with the closing date of the acquisition) and the estimated fair value of assets acquired were included in our consolidated financial statements beginning in the second quarter of fiscal 2005.
 
Acquisition of Transceiver and Transponder Product Line From Infineon Technologies AG
 
On January 31, 2005, we acquired certain assets of Infineon’s fiber optics business unit associated with the design, development and manufacture of optical transceiver and transponder products in exchange for 34 million shares of our common stock. We did not acquire any employees or assume any liabilities as part of the acquisition, except for obligations under customer contracts. The 34 million shares of our common stock issued to Infineon were valued at approximately $59.5 million based on the closing price of our common stock on January 31, 2005. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and, accordingly, the results of operations of the acquired assets (beginning with the closing date of the acquisition) and the estimated fair value of assets acquired were included in our consolidated financial statements beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005.
 
Acquisition of I-TECH Corp.
 
On April 8, 2005, we completed the acquisition of I-TECH Corp., a privately-held network test and monitoring company. The acquisition agreement provided for the merger of I-TECH with a wholly-owned subsidiary of Finisar and the issuance by Finisar to the sole holder of I-TECH’s common stock of promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $12.1 million. During fiscal 2006, we issued 10,107,550 shares of common stock upon the conversion of all of the principal and interest on these notes. The results of operations of I-TECH (beginning with the closing date of the acquisition) and the estimated fair value of assets acquired were included in our consolidated financial statements beginning in the fourth fiscal quarter of fiscal 2005.
 
Acquisition of InterSAN, Inc.
 
On May 12, 2005, we completed the acquisition of InterSAN, Inc., a privately-held company located in Scotts Valley, California. Under the terms of the acquisition agreement, InterSAN merged with a wholly-owned subsidiary of Finisar and the holders of InterSAN’s securities received 7,132,229 shares of Finisar common stock having a value of approximately $8.8 million at the time of the acquisition. The results of operations of InterSAN (beginning with the closing date of the acquisition) and the estimated fair value of assets acquired were included in our consolidated financial statements beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2006.


35


Table of Contents

Acquisition of Big Bear Networks, Inc.
 
On November 15, 2005, we completed the purchase of certain assets of Big Bear Networks, Inc. in exchange for a cash payment of $1.9 million. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and, accordingly, the results of operations of the acquired assets (beginning with the closing date of the acquisition) and the estimated fair value of assets acquired were included in our consolidated financial statements for the third quarter of fiscal 2006.
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
The preparation of our financial statements and related disclosures require that we make estimates, assumptions and judgments that can have a significant impact on our net revenue and operating results, as well as on the value of certain assets, contingent assets and liabilities on our balance sheet. We believe that the estimates, assumptions and judgments involved in the accounting policies described below have the greatest potential impact on our financial statements and, therefore, consider these to be our critical accounting policies. See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for more information about these critical accounting policies, as well as a description of other significant accounting policies.
 
Revenue Recognition, Warranty and Sales Returns
 
Our revenue recognition policy follows SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, “Revenue Recognition.” Specifically, we recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, generally upon shipment, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. For those arrangements with multiple elements, or in related arrangements with the same customer, the arrangement is divided into separate units of accounting if certain criteria are met, including whether the delivered item has stand-alone value to the customer and whether there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered items. The consideration received is allocated among the separate units of accounting based on their respective fair values, and the applicable revenue recognition criteria are applied to each of the separate units. For units of accounting which include more than one deliverable, we generally recognize all revenue and cost of revenue for the unit of accounting over the period in which the last undelivered item is delivered.
 
At the time revenue is recognized, we establish an accrual for estimated warranty expenses associated with our sales, recorded as a component of cost of revenues. Our warranty period usually extends 12 months from the date of sale and our warranty accrual represents our best estimate of the amounts necessary to settle future and existing claims on products sold as of the balance sheet date. While we believe that our warranty accrual is adequate and that the judgment applied is appropriate, such amounts estimated to be due and payable could differ materially from what actually transpire in the future. If our actual warranty costs are greater than the accrual, costs of revenue will increase in the future. We also provide an allowance for estimated customer returns, which is netted against revenue. This provision is based on our historical returns, analysis of credit memo data and our return policies. If the historical data used by us to calculate the estimated sales returns does not properly reflect future returns, revenue could be overstated.
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
We evaluate the collectability of our accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where, subsequent to delivery, we become aware of a customer’s potential inability to meet its obligations, we record a specific allowance for the doubtful account to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount we reasonably believe will be collected. For all other customers, we recognize an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the length of time the receivables are past due. A material adverse change in a major customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations to us could result in a material reduction in the estimated amount of accounts receivable that can ultimately be collected and an increase in our general and administrative expenses for the shortfall.
 
Slow Moving and Obsolete Inventories
 
We make inventory commitment and purchase decisions based upon sales forecasts. To mitigate the component supply constraints that have existed in the past and to fill orders with non-standard configurations, we build


36


Table of Contents

inventory levels for certain items with long lead times and enter into certain longer-term commitments for certain items. We permanently write off 100% of the cost of inventory that we specifically identify and consider obsolete or excessive to fulfill future sales estimates. We define obsolete inventory as inventory that will no longer be used in the manufacturing process. We periodically discard obsolete inventory. Excess inventory is generally defined as inventory in excess of projected usage, and is determined using our best estimate of future demand at the time, based upon information then available to us. In making these assessments, we are required to make judgments as to the future demand for current or committed inventory levels. We use a 12-month demand forecast, and in addition to the demand forecast, we also consider:
 
  •  parts and subassemblies that can be used in alternative finished products;
 
  •  parts and subassemblies that are unlikely to be engineered out of our products; and
 
  •  known design changes which would reduce our ability to use the inventory as planned.
 
Significant differences between our estimates and judgments regarding future timing of product transitions, volume and mix of customer demand for our products and actual timing, volume and demand mix may result in additional write-offs in the future, or additional usage of previously written-off inventory in future periods for which we would benefit by a reduced cost of revenues in those future periods.
 
Investment in Equity Securities
 
For strategic reasons, we may make minority investments in private or public companies or extend loans or receive equity or debt from these companies for services rendered or assets sold. Our minority investments in private companies are primarily motivated by our desire to gain early access to new technology. Our investments in these companies are passive in nature in that we generally do not obtain representation on the boards of directors. Our investments have generally been part of a larger financing in which the terms were negotiated by other investors, typically venture capital investors. These investments are generally made in exchange for preferred stock with a liquidation preference that helps protect the underlying value of our investment. At the time we made our investments, in most cases the companies had not completed development of their products and we did not enter into any significant supply agreements with the companies in which we invested. In determining if and when a decline in the market value of these investments below their carrying value is other-than-temporary, we evaluate the market conditions, offering prices, trends of earnings and cash flows, price multiples, prospects for liquidity and other key measures of performance. Our policy is to recognize an impairment in the value of its minority equity investments when clear evidence of an impairment exists, such as (a) the completion of a new equity financing that may indicate a new value for the investment, (b) the failure to complete a new equity financing arrangement after seeking to raise additional funds or (c) the commencement of proceedings under which the assets of the business may be placed in receivership or liquidated to satisfy the claims of debt and equity stakeholders. As of April 30, 2006, the carrying value of these investments totaled $15.1 million. Future adverse changes in market conditions or poor operating results at any of the companies in which we hold a minority position could result in losses or an inability to recover the carrying value of these investments.
 
Restructuring Accrual
 
During the fiscal year ended April 30, 2004, we initiated actions to further reduce our cost structure due to sustained negative economic conditions that had impacted our financial performance. During the first quarter of fiscal 2004, we completed the closure of our subsidiary, Demeter Technologies, Inc. In addition, we began closing our German operations and reducing the German workforce of approximately 10 employees engaged in research and development in the optical subsystems and components reporting segment. As a result of these restructuring activities, a charge of $2.2 million was incurred in the first quarter. The restructuring charge included $800,000 of severance-related charges, approximately $600,000 of fees associated with the early termination of our facilities lease in Germany, approximately $450,000 for remaining payments for excess leased equipment and approximately $300,000 of miscellaneous costs incurred to effect the closures.
 
During the second quarter of fiscal 2004, we completed the closure of our German facility. The intellectual property, technical know-how and certain assets related to our German operations were consolidated with our


37


Table of Contents

operations in Sunnyvale, California, during the second quarter. We incurred an additional $317,000 of net restructuring expenses in the second quarter. This amount included an additional $273,000 of restructuring expenses related to the closure of German operations, consisting of $373,000 for legal and exit fees associated with the closure, additional severance-related payments and the write-off of abandoned assets, partially offset by lower than anticipated fees associated with the termination of the German facilities lease of $100,000. The expenses related to the closure of the German facility were partially offset by an $85,000 reduction in restructuring expenses associated with the closure of our subsidiary, Demeter Technologies, Inc. offset by additional severance-related expenses.
 
During the third quarter of fiscal 2004, we realized a benefit of $1.2 million related to restructuring expenses due to lower than anticipated fees and the consequent reversal of an associated accrual from the termination of a purchasing agreement related to the closure of our subsidiary, Demeter Technologies, Inc.
 
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004, we realized a benefit of $791,000 related to restructuring expenses due to lower than anticipated lease and facility clean-up costs related to the closure of the Demeter facility.
 
During the second quarter of fiscal 2006, we consolidated our Sunnyvale facilities into one building and permanently exited a portion of our Scotts Valley facility. As a result of these activities, we recorded restructuring charges of approximately $3.1 million. These restructuring charges included $290,000 of miscellaneous costs required to effect the closures and approximately $2.8 million of non-cancelable facility lease payments. Of the $3.1 million in restructuring charges, $1.9 million related to our optical subsystems and components segment and $1.2 million related to our network test and monitoring systems segment.
 
The facilities consolidation charges were calculated using estimates that were based upon the remaining future lease commitments for vacated facilities from the date of facility consolidation, net of estimated future sublease income. The estimated costs of vacating these leased facilities were based on market information and trend analyses, including information obtained from third party real estate sources. As of April 30, 2006, $1.7 million of committed facilities payments remains accrued and are expected to be fully utilized by fiscal 2011.
 
Goodwill, Purchased Intangibles and Other Long-Lived Assets
 
Our long-lived assets include significant investments in goodwill and other intangible assets. In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS 141 “Business Combinations” and SFAS 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”. SFAS 141 requires business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 to be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. SFAS 141 also included guidance on the initial recognition and measurement of goodwill and other intangible assets arising from business combinations completed after June 30, 2001. SFAS 142 prohibits the amortization of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives. SFAS 142 requires that these assets be reviewed for impairment at least annually. Intangible assets with finite lives will continue to be amortized over their estimated useful lives.
 
SFAS 142 requires that goodwill be tested for impairment at the reporting unit level at adoption and at least annually thereafter, utilizing a two-step methodology. The initial step requires us to determine the fair value of each reporting unit and compare it to the carrying value, including goodwill, of such unit. We operate two reporting units, optical subsystems and components and network test and monitoring systems. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value, no impairment loss would be recognized. However, if the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the goodwill of the unit may be impaired. The amount, if any, of the impairment would then be measured in the second step.
 
During the fourth quarters of fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006, we performed the required annual impairment testing of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets and determined that no impairment charge was required. At April 30, 2006 our investment in goodwill and intangible assets was $124.5 and $19.2 million, respectively.
 
We are required to make judgments about the recoverability of our long-lived assets, other than goodwill, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may be impaired or not recoverable. In order to make such judgments, we are required to make assumptions about the value of these assets in the future including future prospects for earnings and cash flows. If impairment is indicated, we write those assets down to their fair value which is generally determined based on discounted cash flows. Judgments and assumptions


38


Table of Contents

about the future are complex, subjective and can be affected by a variety of factors including industry and economic trends, our market position and the competitive environment of the businesses in which we operate.
 
During the second fiscal quarter of 2005, we determined that the remaining intangible assets related to certain purchased passive optical technology, acquired from New Focus, Inc. in May 2002, were obsolete, and had a fair value of zero. Accordingly, an impairment charge of $3.7 million was recorded against the remaining net book value of these assets during that quarter.
 
During the second fiscal quarter of 2006, we determined that there had been an impairment in the value of intangible assets associated with certain products acquired in the acquisition of Genoa Corporation in April 2003 and in the acquisition of Transwave Fiber Inc. in May 2001, and we recorded an impairment charge of $853,000 related to these assets.
 
Results of Operations
 
The following table sets forth certain statement of operations data as a percentage of revenues for the periods indicated:
 
                         
    Fiscal Years Ended April 30,  
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Revenues
                       
Optical subsystems and components
    89.5 %     86.0 %     86.2 %
Network test and monitoring systems
    10.5       14.0       13.8  
                         
Total revenues
    100.0       100.0       100.0  
Cost of revenues
    67.8       73.2       77.4  
Amortization of acquired developed technology
    4.9       7.9       10.4  
Impairment of acquired developed technology
    0.2       1.4        
                         
Gross profit
    27.1       17.5       12.3  
                         
Operating expenses:
                       
Research and development
    14.2       22.4       33.5  
Sales and marketing
    8.8       10.6       10.8  
General and administrative
    8.1       8.3       9.0  
Amortization of (benefit from) deferred stock compensation
          0.1       (0.1 )
Acquired in-process research and development
          0.6       3.3  
Amortization of purchased intangibles
    0.5       0.4       0.3  
Impairment of tangible assets
          6.7        
Restructuring costs
    0.8       0.1       0.2  
Other acquisition costs
                0.1  
                         
Total operating expenses
    32.4       49.1       57.2  
Loss from operations
    (5.3 )     (31.5 )     (45.0 )
Interest income
    0.9       0.9       1.7  
Interest expense
    (4.3 )     (5.2 )     (15.6 )
Other income (expense), net
    2.6       (4.5 )     (2.3 )
                         
Loss before income taxes
    (6.1 )     (40.3 )     (61.1 )
Provision for income taxes
    0.7       0.3       0.2  
                         
Net loss
    (6.8 )%     (40.6 )%     (61.3 )%
                         


39


Table of Contents

Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended April 30, 2006 and 2005
 
Revenues.  Revenues increased $83.5 million, or 29.7%, to $364.3 million in fiscal 2006 compared to $280.8 million in fiscal 2005. Sales of optical subsystems and components and network test and monitoring systems represented 89.5% and 10.5%, respectively, of total revenues in fiscal 2006, compared to 86.0% and 14.0%, respectively, in fiscal 2005.
 
Optical subsystems and components revenues increased $84.4 million, or 34.9%, to $326.0 million in fiscal 2006 compared to $241.6 million in fiscal 2005. Our acquisition on January 31, 2005, of certain assets of Infineon’s fiber optics business unit contributed $26.1 million in revenues in fiscal 2006 compared to $4.9 million in fiscal 2005. Excluding the effect of the Infineon acquisition, sales of optical subsystems and components increased $63.2 million, or 26.7%, in fiscal 2006. Of the total increase in optical subsystems and components revenues of $84.4 million, sales of products for short distance LAN/SAN applications increased $57.7 million, or 40.0%, and sales of products for MAN and telecom applications increased $27.0 million, or 28.0%. The increase in revenues from the sale of these products was primarily the result of an increase in the volume of units sold to new and existing customers.
 
Network test and monitoring systems revenues decreased $904,000, or 2.3%, to $38.3 million in fiscal 2006 compared to $39.2 million in fiscal 2005. The decrease in revenues was primarily due to a decrease in demand resulting from a product lifecycle transition as OEM system manufacturers complete their transition from 2Ghz to 4Ghz models, partially offset by revenues related to acquired businesses.
 
Amortization of Acquired Developed Technology.  Amortization of acquired developed technology, a component of cost of revenues, decreased $4.6 million, or 20.6%, in fiscal 2006 to $17.7 million compared to $22.3 million in fiscal 2005. The decrease reflects the impairment charges recorded in fiscal 2006 and 2005 as well as the roll-off of certain fully amortized assets during fiscal 2006.
 
Impairment of Acquired Developed Technology.  Impairment of acquired developed technology, a component of cost of revenues, decreased $2.8 million, or 76.7%, in fiscal 2006 to $853,000 compared to $3.7 million in fiscal 2005. Included in the balances in fiscal 2006 was an impairment charge of $853,000 to write off technology for the linear optical amplifier product acquired with our acquisition of the assets of Genoa Corporation in April 2003 and technology related to the broadband lightsource product acquired with our acquisition of Transwave Fiber Inc., in May 2001. Each of these products was discontinued during the second quarter of fiscal 2006. Included in the balances for fiscal 2005 was an impairment charge of $3.7 million to write off the remaining book value of certain passive optical technology associated with our acquisition of assets of New Focus, Inc. in May 2002.
 
Gross Profit.  Gross profit increased $49.3 million, or 100.2%, to $98.6 million in fiscal 2006 compared to $49.3 million in fiscal 2005. Gross profit as a percentage of total revenue was 27.1% in fiscal 2006 compared to 17.5% in fiscal 2005. We recorded charges of $9.3 million for obsolete and excess inventory in fiscal 2006 and $11.3 million in fiscal 2005. We sold inventory that was written-off in previous periods resulting in a benefit of $3.6 million in fiscal 2006 and $9.3 million in fiscal 2005. As a result, we recognized a net charge of $5.7 million in fiscal 2006 compared to $2.0 million in fiscal 2005. Excluding the amortization of acquired developed technology and the impairments thereon and the net impact of excess and obsolete inventory charges, gross profit would have been $122.9 million, or 33.7% of revenue, in fiscal 2006, compared to $77.2 million, or 27.5% of revenue in fiscal 2005. The increase in adjusted gross profit margin was primarily due to the 29.7% increase in revenue driven by increases in unit volume compared to an increase in manufacturing spending of 17.8% combined with decreases in material costs. Manufacturing overhead in fiscal 2006 included accelerated depreciation charges of $1.7 million for abandoned leasehold improvements and equipment and duplicate manufacturing facility costs of $2.8 million at our Advanced Optical Components Division as a result of our move to a new manufacturing facility in Texas which adversely impacted our gross profit margin.
 
Research and Development Expenses.  Research and development expenses decreased $10.9 million, or 17.4%, to $51.9 million in fiscal 2006 compared to $62.8 million in fiscal 2005. The decrease was primarily due to $5.5 million in reductions in spending for materials used to develop new products, $2.7 million in reductions in temporary labor and consulting services, and $913,000 in reductions in facility and corporate allocations as a result of corporate cost reductions. Included in research and development expenses in fiscal 2006 were charges of


40


Table of Contents

$1.9 million related to abandoned leasehold improvements and equipment. Research and development expenses as a percent of revenues decreased to 14.2% in fiscal 2006 compared to 22.4% in fiscal 2005 as a result of decreased spending and increased revenues.
 
Sales and Marketing Expenses.  Sales and marketing expenses increased $2.1 million, or 7.2%, to $31.9 million in fiscal 2006 compared to $29.8 million in fiscal 2005. The increase in sales and marketing expenses was primarily due to a $1.2 million increase in personnel-related costs and a $1.6 million increase in commission expense as a result of increased revenues, offset by reductions in marketing costs. Sales and marketing expenses as a percent of revenues decreased to 8.8% in fiscal 2006 compared to 10.6% in fiscal 2005.
 
General and Administrative Expenses.  General and administrative expenses increased $6.0 million, or 25.8%, to $29.4 million in fiscal 2006 compared to $23.4 million in fiscal 2005. The increase was primarily due to an increase in legal expense of $2.5 million as a result of patent related litigation. Personnel related costs increased $1.7 million, including $237,000 for reduction in force related expenses, and our allowance for aged receivables based on a formula used to quantify receivables that might not be collectable increased $1.1 million primarily as a result of higher revenues, although actual bad debt write-offs were less than $100,000 in fiscal 2006. Also included in general and administrative costs in fiscal 2006 were accelerated depreciation charges of $130,000 related to abandoned equipment and accelerated amortization charges of $648,000 related to abandoned patents. General and administrative expenses as a percent of revenues decreased to 8.1% in fiscal 2006 compared to 8.3% in fiscal 2005.
 
Amortization of (Benefit from) Deferred Stock Compensation.  We recorded no expense for amortization of deferred stock compensation costs in fiscal 2006, compared to $162,000 in fiscal 2005. The benefit from deferred stock compensation is related to the termination of employees during a period with deferred compensation associated with their stock options and the effects of the graded vested method of amortization which accelerates the amortization of deferred compensation.
 
Acquired In-process Research and Development.  In-process research and development, or IPR&D, expenses decreased $1.6 million, or 100%, to $0 in fiscal 2006 compared to $1.6 million in fiscal 2005. In fiscal 2005, $318,000 was related to the acquisition of Data Transit, $1.1 million was related to the acquisition of Infineon’s optical transceiver products, and $114,000 was related to the acquisition of I-TECH.
 
Amortization of Purchased Intangibles.  Amortization of purchased intangibles increased $643,000, or 58.2%, to $1.7 million in fiscal 2006 compared to $1.1 million in fiscal 2005. The increase was due to purchased intangibles related to our acquisitions of Infineon, I-Tech and InterSAN.
 
Impairment of Tangible Assets.  During the quarter ended January 31, 2005, we recorded an impairment charge if $18.8 million to write down the carrying value of one of our corporate office facilities located in Sunnyvale, California upon entering into a sale-leaseback agreement. The property was written down to its appraised value, which was based on the work of an independent appraiser in conjunction with the sale-leaseback agreement. Due to our retention of an option to acquire the leased properties at fair value at the end of the fifth year of the lease, the sale-leaseback transaction was recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005 as a financing transaction under which the sale will not be recorded until the option expires or is otherwise terminated. At April 30, 2006, the carrying value of the financing liability, included in other long-term liabilities, was $12.0 million and the current portion of the financing liability, included in the current portion of long-term liabilities, was $297,000.
 
Restructuring Costs.  During the second quarter of fiscal 2006, we completed the consolidation of our Northern California facilities. The restructuring charges included the remaining value of non-cancelable lease obligations of $2.8 million for our abandoned corporate office located in Sunnyvale and a portion of our facility in Scotts Valley and moving costs of $290,000. We recorded a restructuring charge of $287,000 in fiscal 2005 to adjust the operating lease liability for our Hayward facility that was closed in fiscal 2003.
 
Interest Income.  Interest income increased $1.1 million, or 45.3%, to $3.5 million in fiscal 2006 compared to $2.4 million in fiscal 2005. The increase was primarily the result of increasing investment balances and rising interest rates during fiscal 2006.
 
Interest Expense.  Interest expense increased $1.4 million, or 9.5%, to $15.8 million in fiscal 2006 compared to $14.5 million in fiscal 2005. Interest expense is primarily related to our convertible subordinated notes due in


41


Table of Contents

2008 and 2010. Interest expense related to these notes was $13.5 million and $13.3 million, of which, $4.5 million and $4.3 million was the amortization of the beneficial conversion feature of these notes in fiscal 2006 and 2005, respectively. The increase in interest expense in fiscal 2006 was primarily related to notes associated with the acquisitions of Data Transit and I-TECH, a minority investment in Cyoptics and a financing liability recorded as a result of the sale-leaseback of one of our corporate facilities. The principal and interest balances associated with the Data Transit, I-TECH and Cyoptics notes were converted into shares of common stock in fiscal 2006.
 
Other Income (Expense), Net.  Other income (expense), net, decreased $21.9 million, or 174.3%, to income of $9.3 million in fiscal 2006 compared to an expense of $12.6 million in fiscal 2005. In the third quarter of fiscal 2006, we recorded a gain on the sale of a minority equity investment of $11.0 million. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, we recorded an impairment charge of $10.0 million to write-off a minority equity investment in a company. The remaining expense in fiscal 2006 and 2005 primarily consisted of our proportional share of losses associated with a minority investment and amortization of subordinated loan costs.
 
Provision for Income Taxes.  We recorded an income tax provision of $2.5 million for fiscal 2006 compared to $856,000 for fiscal 2005. The income tax provision in fiscal 2006 and 2005 is primarily the result of establishing a deferred tax liability to reflect tax amortization of goodwill for which no book amortization has occurred. Due to the uncertainty regarding the timing and extent of our future profitability, we have recorded a valuation allowance to offset potential income tax benefits associated with our operating losses. As a result, we did not record any income tax benefit in either fiscal 2006 or 2005. There can be no assurance that deferred tax assets subject to the valuation allowance will ever be realized.
 
Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended April 30, 2005 and 2004
 
Revenues.  Revenues increased $95.2 million, or 51.3%, to $280.8 million in fiscal 2005 compared to $185.6 million in fiscal 2004. Sales of optical subsystems and components and network test and monitoring systems represented 86.0% and 14.0%, respectively, of total revenues in fiscal 2005, compared to 86.2% and 13.8%, respectively, in fiscal 2004.
 
Optical subsystems and components revenues increased $81.6 million, or 51.0%, to $241.6 million in fiscal 2005 compared to $160.0 million in fiscal 2004. Our Advanced Optical Components, or AOC, Division, acquired on March 1, 2004 from Honeywell International Inc., contributed $30.9 million for the full 2005 fiscal year compared to $6.7 million in fiscal 2004. Our acquisition on January 31, 2005, of certain assets of Infineon’s fiber optics business unit contributed $4.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2005. Excluding the effect of acquisitions, sales of optical subsystems and components increased $52.5 million, or 29%, in fiscal 2005. Of this increase, $36.1 million was related to sales of products for MAN and telecom applications and $19.3 million was related to sales of products for short distance LAN/SAN applications. Increased sales in these product lines were partially offset by a $2.9 million decline in sales of other products. The increase in revenues from the sale of these products was primarily the result of an increase in the volume of units sold to new and existing customers, partially offset by a decrease in average selling prices.
 
Network test and monitoring systems revenues increased $13.6 million, or 53.3%, to $39.2 million in fiscal 2005 compared to $25.6 million in fiscal 2004. Approximately $7.8 million of the increase was related to product lines acquired from Data Transit in August 2004 with the remainder due to increased sales of new test and monitoring products used in the development of Fibre Channel SANs operating at 2 and 4 Gbps.
 
Sales to Cisco Systems, our largest customer, represented 27.8% of total revenues, or $78.1 million, in fiscal 2005 compared to 22.2% of total revenues, or $41.3 million, in fiscal 2004.
 
Amortization and Impairment of Acquired Developed Technology.  Amortization of acquired developed technology, a component of cost of revenues, increased $6.7 million, or 34.7%, in fiscal 2005 to $25.9 million compared to $19.2 million in fiscal 2004. The increase was due to the acquisition of Honeywell’s VCSEL Optical Products business in March 2004 which contributed an additional $3.0 million in fiscal 2005 compared to fiscal 2004, and the fiscal 2005 acquisitions of Data Transit, I-TECH and certain product lines from Infineon which contributed $1.0 million, $25,000 and $424,000, respectively in fiscal 2005. Additionally, in the second quarter of


42


Table of Contents

fiscal 2005 we recorded an impairment charge of $3.7 million to write-off the remaining net book value of certain passive optical technology associated with our acquisition of assets of New Focus, Inc in May 2002.
 
Gross Profit.  Gross profit increased $26.5 million, or 116.1%, to $49.3 million in fiscal 2005 compared to $22.8 million in fiscal 2004. Gross profit as a percentage of total revenue was 17.5% in fiscal 2005 compared to 12.3% in fiscal 2004. We recorded charges of $11.3 million for obsolete and excess inventory in fiscal 2005 and $22.3 million in fiscal 2004. We sold inventory that was written-off in previous periods resulting in a benefit of $9.3 million in fiscal 2005 and $17.9 million in fiscal 2004. As a result, we recognized a net charge of $2.0 million in fiscal 2005 compared to $4.4 million in fiscal 2004. Excluding the amortization of acquired developed technology and the impairments thereon and the net impact of excess and obsolete inventory charges, gross profit would have been $77.2 million, or 27.5% of revenue, in fiscal 2005, compared to $46.4 million, or 25.0% of revenue in fiscal 2004. The increase in gross profit was primarily due to an increase in unit sales across most of our product lines, which spread our fixed overhead costs over a higher production volume, reduced material costs, and a favorable shift of product mix to an increased percentage of sales of products for longer distance MAN and telecom applications that typically have higher margins than our products for shorter distance LAN/SAN applications, as well as increased sales of network test and monitoring systems that have higher margins than optical subsystems and components.
 
Research and Development Expenses.  Research and development expenses increased $606,000, or 1.0%, to $62.8 million in fiscal 2005 compared to $62.2 million in fiscal 2004. The increase in research and development expenses was primarily due to a $3.8 million increase in spending as a result of our acquisition of Honeywell’s VCSEL optical products business unit, partially offset by lower depreciation costs which were the result of accelerated depreciation recorded in conjunction with the shutdown of our operations at our Demeter Technologies, Inc. subsidiary in the first quarter of fiscal 2004. Research and development expenses as a percent of revenues decreased to 22.4% in fiscal 2005 compared to 33.5% in fiscal 2004 as a result of increased revenues.
 
Sales and Marketing Expenses.  Sales and marketing expenses increased $9.7 million, or 48.4%, to $29.8 million in fiscal 2005 compared to $20.1 million in fiscal 2004. The increase in sales and marketing expenses was primarily due to a $5.0 million increase in personnel-related costs, a $1.6 million increase in commission expense and a $1.3 million increase in advertising and marketing costs, all associated with our increase in revenues. Sales and marketing expenses as a percent of revenues decreased to 10.6% in fiscal 2005 compared to 10.8% in fiscal 2004.
 
General and Administrative Expenses.  General and administrative expenses increased $6.6 million, or 39.6%, to $23.4 million in fiscal 2005 compared to $16.7 million in fiscal 2004. The increase was primarily due to additional costs associated with the evaluation and testing of internal control systems required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, a $2.2 million increase in audit fees, a $1.8 million increase in legal expense and a $554,000 increase in personnel-related costs primarily related to the acquisition of Honeywell’s VCSEL Optical Products business unit. General and administrative expenses as a percent of revenues decreased to 8.3% in fiscal 2005 compared to 9.0% in fiscal 2004.
 
Amortization of (Benefit from) Deferred Stock Compensation.  Amortization of deferred stock compensation costs increased by $267,000 to $162,000 in fiscal 2005, compared to a credit of $105,000 in fiscal 2004. The benefit from deferred stock compensation is related to the termination of employees during a period with deferred compensation associated with their stock options and the effects of the graded vested method of amortization which accelerates the amortization of deferred compensation.
 
Acquired In-process Research and Development.  In-process research and development, or IPR&D, expenses decreased $4.6 million, or 74.8%, to $1.6 million in fiscal 2005 compared to $6.2 million recorded in fiscal 2004. In fiscal 2005, $318,000 was related to the acquisition of Data Transit, $1.1 million was related to the acquisition of assets related to Infineon’s fiber optics business unit, and $114,000 was related to the acquisition of I-TECH. The amount recorded in fiscal 2004 was related to the acquisition of Honeywell’s VCSEL Optical Products business unit.


43


Table of Contents

Amortization of Purchased Intangibles.  Amortization of purchased intangibles increased $532,000, or 93.0%, to $1.1 million in fiscal 2005 compared to $572,000 in fiscal 2004. The increase was due to purchased intangibles related to our acquisition of Data Transit.
 
Impairment of Tangible Assets.  During the quarter ended January 31, 2005, we recorded an impairment charge if $18.8 million to write down the carrying value of one of our corporate office facilities located in Sunnyvale, California upon entering into a sale-leaseback agreement. The property was written down to its appraised value, which was based on the work of an independent appraiser in conjunction with the sale-leaseback agreement. Due to retention by the Company of an option to acquire the leased properties at fair value at the end of the fifth year of the lease, the sale-leaseback transaction was recorded in the Company’s fourth quarter ending April 30, 2005 as a financing transaction under which the sale will not be recorded until the option expires or is otherwise terminated. At April 30, 2005, the carrying value of the financing liability, included in other long-term liabilities, was $12.3 million and the current portion of the financing liability, included in current portion of long-term liabilities, was $200,000.
 
Restructuring Costs.  We recorded a restructuring charge of $287,000 in fiscal 2005 to adjust the operating lease liability for our Hayward facility that was closed in fiscal 2003. During 2004, we recorded $382,000 in restructuring charges.
 
Interest Income.  Interest income decreased $775,000, or 24.4%, to $2.4 million in fiscal 2005 compared to $3.2 million in fiscal 2004. The decrease was primarily the result of decreasing investment balances during fiscal 2005.
 
Interest Expense.  Interest expense is primarily related to our convertible subordinated notes due in 2008 and 2010. Interest expense decreased $14.4 million, or 49.9%, to $14.5 million in fiscal 2005 compared to $28.9 million in fiscal 2004. The decrease was primarily due to the conversion and repurchase in fiscal 2004 of $24.8 million in principal amount of convertible notes due in 2008. In connection with the conversion, we recorded non-cash interest expense of $10.8 million representing the fair value of the incremental shares issued to induce the exchange and $5.8 million representing the remaining unamortized discount for the beneficial conversion feature. Of our total interest expense, $4.3 million and $10.2 million was the amortization of the beneficial conversion feature of these notes in fiscal 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
Other Income (Expense), Net.  Other income (expense), net, increased $8.2 million, or 189.4%, to an expense of $12.6 million in fiscal 2005 compared to an expense of $4.3 million in fiscal 2004. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, we recorded an impairment charge of $10.0 million to writeoff a minority equity investment in a company. The remaining expense in fiscal 2005 and 2004 primarily consisted of our proportional share of losses associated with a minority investment and amortization of subordinated loan costs.
 
Provision for Income Taxes.  We recorded an income tax provision of $856,000 for fiscal 2005 compared to $334,000 for fiscal 2004. A deferred tax liability has been established to reflect tax amortization of goodwill for which no book amortization has occurred. Due to the uncertainty regarding the timing and extent of our future profitability, we have recorded a valuation allowance to offset potential income tax benefits associated with our operating losses. As a result, we did not record any income tax benefit in either fiscal 2005 or 2004. There can be no assurance that deferred tax assets subject to the valuation allowance will ever be realized.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
At April 30, 2006, cash, cash equivalents and “available-for-sale” investments totaled $118.8 million compared to $102.4 million at April 30, 2005. Restricted securities, used to secure future interest payments on our convertible debt were $5.5 million at April 30, 2006 compared to $9.1 million at April 30, 2005. At April 30, 2006, total short and long term debt was $247.8 million, compared to $267.8 million at April 30, 2005. The decrease in debt during fiscal 2006 was primarily due to the conversion into common stock of convertible notes issued in connection with the acquisitions of Data Transit and I-TECH and a minority investment in a private company, offset by an equipment loan from our bank with an outstanding principal balance of $9.3 million at April 30, 2006.
 
Net cash used by operating activities totaled $1.6 million in fiscal 2006, compared to $28.0 million in fiscal 2005 and $32.8 million in fiscal 2004. The use of cash in operating activities in fiscal 2006 was primarily a result of


44


Table of Contents

operating losses adjusted for non-cash related items. Working capital uses of cash in fiscal 2006 included cash inflows of $13.4 million offset by outflows of $39.1 million. Cash inflows were primarily due to a $4.8 million increase in accrued compensation, a $3.5 million increase in accounts payable and a $2.4 million increase in deferred income taxes. The increase in accrued compensation was primarily due to the timing of bonus payments accrued and not yet paid at year-end. The increase in accounts payable was primarily due to increases in the dollar volume of payments as a result of increased unit volumes over the prior year and timing of payments. The increase in deferred income taxes was primarily due to the book and tax differences associated with the amortization of goodwill related to certain asset acquisitions. Cash outflows were primarily due to an $19.1 million increase in inventories, a $14.7 million increase in accounts receivable and a $5.3 million increase in other assets. The increases in inventories and accounts receivable were due to increases in revenues and unit volume. The increase in other assets was primarily due to investments in our patent portfolio.
 
Net cash provided by investing activities totaled $12.8 million in fiscal 2006 compared to cash used by investing activities of $27.9 million in fiscal 2005, and $88.3 million in fiscal 2004. Cash provided by investing activities in fiscal 2006 was $36.9 million, offset by cash used in investing activities of $24.1 million. Cash provided by investing activities in fiscal 2006 primarily consisted of proceeds of $11.0 million received from the sale of a minority investment and net sales of short-tem investments of $17.4 million. The use of cash in investing activities in fiscal 2006 was primarily due to purchases of equipment and facility improvements at our new AOC Division manufacturing facility in Texas and our manufacturing facility in Malaysia to support increased production volumes, the acquisition of InterSAN, Inc. and the acquisition of certain assets of Big Bear Networks. The use of cash in investing activities in fiscal 2005 was primarily due to purchases of equipment and facility improvements at our new AOC Division manufacturing facility in Texas and for our facility in Malaysia to support increased production volume, the acquisition of the certain assets of Infineon’s fiber optics business unit and the acquisition of I-TECH Corp. The use of cash for investing activities in fiscal 2004 consisted primarily of our purchase of the assets of Honeywell’s VCSEL Optical Products business unit and purchases of equipment to support increased production volume in our Malaysian manufacturing facility.
 
Net cash provided by financing activities was $22.7 million in fiscal 2006 compared to $15.5 million in fiscal 2005 and $150.0 million in fiscal 2004. Cash provided by financing activities in fiscal 2006 primarily consisted of $9.9 million in proceeds from an equipment loan by our bank and proceeds of $14.0 million from the exercise of employee stock options and purchases of stock under our employee stock purchase plan. Cash provided by financing activities in fiscal 2005 included $12.9 million in proceeds from the sale-leaseback of one of our corporate offices and proceeds of $2.5 million from the exercise of stock options, offset by repayments of borrowings on our convertible notes. Cash provided by financing activities in fiscal 2004 primarily represented the net proceeds of $145.1 million from issuance of convertible debt, and proceeds of $6.1 million from the exercise of employee stock options, offset by repayments of $1.9 million on our convertible notes.
 
We believe that our existing balances of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, together with the cash expected to be generated from our future operations, will be sufficient to meet our cash needs for working capital and capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months. We may however require additional financing to fund our operations in the future. The volatility in the capital markets, particularly in the technology sector, may make it difficult for us to raise additional capital if and when it is required, especially if we experience disappointing operating results. If adequate capital is not available to us as required, or is not available on favorable terms, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.


45


Table of Contents

At April 30, 2006, we had contractual obligations of $349.8 million as shown in the following table (in thousands):
 
                                         
          Payments Due by Period  
          Less Than
                After
 
Contractual Obligations
  Total     1 Year     1-3 Years     4-5 Years     5 Years  
 
Short-term debt
  $ 2,036     $ 2,036     $     $     $  
Long-term debt
    7,535             3,909       3,626        
Convertible debt
    250,250             100,250       150,000        
Interest on debt
    31,412       9,514       19,990       1,908        
Lease commitment under sale-leaseback agreement
    48,502       3,028       6,262       6,547       32,665  
Operating leases
    6,262       2,766       2,196       1,300        
Purchase obligations
    1,209       1,209                    
Purchase commitments
    2,600       975       1,625              
                                         
Total contractual obligations
  $ 349,806     $ 19,528     $ 134,232     $ 163,381     $ 32,665  
                                         
 
Short-term debt consists of $248,000 of current debt obligations assumed as part of the acquisition of InterSAN, Inc., and $1.8 million representing the current portion of a note payable to a financial institution.
 
Long-term debt consists of the long-term portion of a note payable to a financial institution in the principal amount of $7.5 million.
 
Convertible debt consists of two series of convertible subordinated notes in the aggregate principal amount of $100.3 million due October 15, 2008, and $150.0 million due October 15, 2010. The two series of notes are convertible by the holders of the notes at any time prior to maturity into shares of Finisar common stock at specified conversion prices. The two series of notes are redeemable by us, in whole or in part, after October 15, 2004 and October 15, 2007, respectively. Holders of the notes due in 2010 have the right to require us to repurchase some or all of their notes on October 15, 2007. We may choose to pay the repurchase price in cash, shares of Finisar common stock, or a combination thereof. Annual interest payments on the convertible subordinated notes are approximately $9.0 million annually.
 
Interest on debt consists of the scheduled interest payments on our short-term, long-term, and convertible debt.
 
The lease commitment under sale-leaseback agreement includes the principal amount of $12.3 million related to the sale-leaseback of our corporate office building, which we entered into in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005.
 
Operating lease obligations consist primarily of base rents for facilities we occupy at various locations.
 
Purchase obligations consist of standby repurchase obligations and are related to materials purchased and held by subcontractors on our behalf to fulfill the subcontractors’ purchase order obligations at their facilities. Our repurchase obligations of $1.2 million has been expensed and recorded on the balance sheet as non-cancelable purchase obligations as of April 30, 2006.
 
Purchase commitments relate to a supply agreement entered into with Honeywell International, Inc. in April 2006. This agreement requires us to purchase $2.6 million of products from them between April 2006 and December 2008.
 
On October 20, 2005, we entered into an amended letter of credit reimbursement agreement with Silicon Valley Bank that will be available to us through October 26, 2006. Under the terms of the amended agreement, Silicon Valley Bank is providing a $20 million letter of credit facility covering existing letters of credit issued by Silicon Valley Bank and any other letters of credit that may be required by us. Outstanding letters of credit secured by this agreement at April 30, 2006 totaled $13.3 million.


46


Table of Contents

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements
 
At April 30, 2006 and April 30, 2005, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which are typically established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.
 
Pending Adoption of New Accounting Standards
 
In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Accounting Standards (SFAS) 123R, which replaces SFAS 123 and supersedes Accounting Principles Board (APB) 25. As permitted by SFAS 123, the Company currently accounts for share-based payments to employees using APB 25’s intrinsic value method. Under APB 25 the Company generally recognizes no compensation expense for employee stock options, as the exercise prices of the options granted are usually equal to the quoted market price of our common stock on the day of the grant. SFAS 123R requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values. The pro forma disclosures previously permitted under SFAS 123 will no longer be an alternative to financial statement recognition. In April 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued a rule delaying the required adoption date for SFAS 123R to the first interim period of the first fiscal year beginning on or after June 15, 2005. We will adopt SFAS 123R as of May 1, 2006.
 
Under SFAS 123R, we must determine the appropriate fair value model to be used for valuing share-based payments, the amortization method of compensation cost and the transition method to be used at date of adoption. The transition methods include retroactive and prospective adoption options. The prospective method requires that compensation expense be recorded for all unvested stock options and restricted stock at the beginning of the first quarter of adoption. The retroactive method requires that compensation expense for all unvested stock options and restricted stock begins with the first period restated. Under the retroactive option, prior periods may be restated either as of the beginning of the year of adoption or for all periods presented. We expect to adopt SFAS 123R under the prospective method. We are evaluating the requirements of SFAS 123R and have not yet determined the effect of adopting SFAS 123R or whether the adoption will result in amounts that are similar to the current pro forma disclosures under SFAS 123, although we expect that the adoption of SFAS 123R will result in significant stock-based compensation expense.
 
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS 153, Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets, as an amendment of APB 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions. SFAS 153 addresses the measurement of exchanges of nonmonetary assets and eliminates the exception from fair value measurement for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets in APB 29 and replaces it with an exception for exchanges that do not have commercial substance. This Statement specifies that a nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. The provisions of this Statement are effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005 and must be applied prospectively. We will adopt SFAS 153 as of May 1, 2006. We do not expect that the adoption of SFAS 153 will have a material effect on our results of operations.
 
In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs — an Amendment of APB No. 43, Chapter 4, or SFAS 151, which is the result of the FASB’s efforts to converge U.S. accounting standards for inventory with International Accounting Standards. SFAS 151 requires abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted material to be recognized as current-period charges. It also requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. SFAS 151 is effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005 and thus we will adopt SFAS 151 as of May 1, 2006. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS 151 to have a material impact on our results of operations.


47


Table of Contents

 
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our investment portfolio. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing yields without significantly increasing risk. We place our investments with high credit issuers in short-term securities with maturities ranging from overnight up to 36 months or have characteristics of such short-term investments. The average maturity of the portfolio will not exceed 18 months. The portfolio includes only marketable securities with active secondary or resale markets to ensure portfolio liquidity. We have no investments denominated in foreign country currencies and therefore our investments are not subject to foreign exchange risk.
 
We invest in equity instruments of privately-held companies for business and strategic purposes. These investments are included in other long-term assets and are accounted for under the cost method when our ownership interest is less than 20% and we do not have the ability to exercise significant influence. For entities in which we hold greater than a 20% ownership interest, or where we have the ability to exercise significant influence, we use the equity method. We recorded losses of $2.1 million in fiscal 2006, $1.8 million in fiscal 2005 and $1.3 million in fiscal 2004 for investments accounted for under the equity method. For these non-quoted investments, our policy is to regularly review the assumptions underlying the operating performance and cash flow forecasts in assessing the carrying values. We identify and record impairment losses when events and circumstances indicate that such assets are impaired. There were no impairment losses on these assets during fiscal 2006. We recognized impairment on these assets of $10.0 million in fiscal 2005 and $1.6 million in fiscal 2004. If our investment in a privately-held company becomes marketable equity securities upon the company’s completion of an initial public offering or its acquisition by another company, our investment would be subject to significant fluctuations in fair market value due to the volatility of the stock market.
 
The following table summarizes the expected maturity, average interest rate and fair market value of the available-for-sale debt securities held by us (and related receivables) and debt securities issued by us as of April 30, 2006 (in thousands):
 
                                         
    Fiscal Years Ended April 30,           Fair
 
                2009 and
          Market
 
    2007     2008     Thereafter     Total Cost     Value  
 
Assets
Available-for-sale debt securities
  $ 51,972     $ 16,490     $ 5,714     $ 74,176     $ 73,600  
Average interest rate
    2.65 %     4.14 %     4.38 %                
Restricted securities
  $ 3,705     $ 1,815     $     $ 5,520     $ 5,415  
Average interest rate
    2.24 %     2.60 %                        
 
Liabilities
Long-term debt:
                                       
Fixed rate
  $     $     $ 100,250     $ 100,250     $ 218,727  
Average interest rate
                    5.25 %                
Fixed rate
  $     $     $ 150,000     $ 150,000     $ 104,260  
Average interest rate
                    2.50 %                


48


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the expected maturity, average interest rate and fair market value of the available-for-sale debt securities held by us and debt securities issued by us as of April 30, 2005 (in thousands):
 
                                         
    Fiscal Years Ended April 30,           Fair
 
                2008 and
          Market
 
    2006     2007     Thereafter     Total Cost     Value  
 
Assets
Available-for-sale debt securities
  $ 51,364     $ 18,312     $ 10,517     $ 80,193     $ 79,697  
Average interest rate
    2.90 %     4.01 %     4.24 %                
Restricted securities
  $ 3,717     $ 5,393     $     $ 9,110     $ 8,967  
Average interest rate
    1.59 %     2.36 %                        
Loan receivable from I-TECH
  $ 2,004     $     $     $ 2,004     $ 2,004  
Average interest rate
    3.35 %                                
Loan receivable from Data Transit
  $ 1,000     $     $     $ 1,000     $ 1,000  
Average interest rate
    8.00 %                                
 
Liabilities
Long-term debt:
                                       
Fixed rate
  $     $     $ 100,250     $ 100,250     $ 89,974  
Average interest rate
                    5.25 %                
Fixed rate
  $     $     $ 150,000     $ 150,000     $ 116,625  
Average interest rate
                    2.50 %                
Convertible note payable to Data Transit
  $     $ 16,270     $     $ 16,270     $ 16,270  
Average interest rate
            8.00 %                        
Convertible note payable to I-TECH
  $ 12,061     $     $     $ 12,061     $ 12,061  
Average interest rate
    3.35 %                                
Convertible note payable to CyOptics
  $ 3,750     $     $     $ 3,750     $ 3,750  
Average interest rate
    3.35 %                                
 
We have subsidiaries located in China, Malaysia, Europe and Singapore. Due to the relative volume of transactions through these subsidiaries, we do not believe that we have significant exposure to foreign currency exchange risks. We currently do not use derivative financial instruments to mitigate this exposure. In July 2005, China and Malaysia changed the system by which the value of their currencies are determined. Both currencies moved from a fixed rate pegged to the U.S. dollar to a managed float pegged to a basket of currencies. We expect that this will have a minor negative impact on our future costs. We continue to review this issue and may consider hedging certain foreign exchange risks through the use of currency forwards or options in future years.


49


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Finisar Corporation
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Finisar Corporation as of April 30, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended April 30, 2006. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Finisar Corporation at April 30, 2006 and 2005, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended April 30, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Finisar Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated July 7, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
/s/  Ernst & Young LLP
 
San Jose, California
July 7, 2006


51


Table of Contents

FINISAR CORPORATION
 
 
                 
    April 30,  
    2006     2005  
    (In thousands, except share and per share data)  
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 63,361     $ 29,431  
Short-term available-for-sale investments
    33,507       44,458  
Restricted investments, short-term
    3,705       3,717  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,198 and $1,379 at April 30, 2006 and 2005
    57,388       42,443  
Accounts receivable, other
    8,963       11,371  
Inventories
    52,974       33,933  
Prepaid expenses
    4,112       3,470  
                 
Total current assets
    224,010       168,823  
Long-term available-for-sale investments
    21,918       28,473  
Property, plant, and improvements, net
    82,225       87,264  
Restricted investments, long-term
    1,815       5,393  
Purchased technology, net
    14,972       33,046  
Other purchased intangible assets, net
    4,184       4,424  
Goodwill
    124,532       119,690  
Minority investments
    15,093       21,366  
Other assets
    17,125       18,109  
                 
Total assets
  $ 505,874     $ 486,588  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 34,221     $ 30,430  
Accrued compensation
    9,376       4,500  
Other accrued liabilities
    13,129       14,073  
Deferred revenue
    5,070       3,519  
Current portion of other long-term liabilities
    2,333       2,242  
Convertible notes
          15,811  
Non-cancelable purchase obligations
    1,209       6,449  
                 
Total current liabilities
    65,338       77,024  
Long-term liabilities:
               
Convertible notes, net of beneficial conversion feature of $11,975 and $16,501 at April 30, 2006 and 2005
    238,275       250,019  
Other long-term liabilities
    21,253       13,623  
Deferred income taxes
    4,053       1,632  
                 
Total long-term liabilities
    263,581       265,274  
Commitments and contingent liabilities:
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding at April 30, 2006 and 2005
               
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 750,000,000 shares authorized, 305,512,111 shares issued and outstanding at April 30, 2006 and 258,931,278 shares issued and outstanding at April 30, 2005
    306       259  
Additional paid-in capital
    1,371,180       1,314,960  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    1,698       381  
Accumulated deficit
    (1,196,229 )     (1,171,310 )
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    176,955       144,290  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 505,874     $ 486,588  
                 
 
See accompanying notes.


52


Table of Contents

FINISAR CORPORATION
 
 
                         
    Fiscal Years Ended April 30,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Revenues
                       
Optical subsystems and components
  $ 325,956     $ 241,582     $ 160,025  
Network test and monitoring systems
    38,337       39,241       25,593  
                         
Total revenues
    364,293       280,823       185,618  
Cost of revenues
    247,126       205,631       143,585  
Amortization of acquired developed technology
    17,671       22,268       19,239  
Impairment of acquired developed technology
    853       3,656        
                         
Gross profit
    98,643       49,268       22,794  
                         
Operating expenses:
                       
Research and development
    51,903       62,799       62,193  
Sales and marketing
    31,925       29,783       20,063  
General and administrative
    29,408       23,374       16,738  
Amortization of (benefit from) deferred stock compensation
          162       (105 )
Acquired in-process research and development
          1,558       6,180  
Amortization of purchased intangibles
    1,747       1,104       572  
Impairment of tangible assets
          18,798        
Restructuring costs
    3,064       287       382  
Other acquisition costs
                222  
                         
Total operating expenses
    118,047       137,865       106,245  
Loss from operations
    (19,404 )     (88,597 )     (83,451 )
Interest income
    3,482       2,396       3,171  
Interest expense
    (15,842 )     (14,468 )     (28,872 )
Other income (expense), net
    9,346       (12,582 )     (4,347 )
                         
Loss before income taxes
    (22,418 )     (113,251 )     (113,499 )
Provision for income taxes
    2,501       856       334  
                         
Net loss
  $ (24,919 )   $ (114,107 )   $ (113,833 )
                         
Net loss per share — basic and diluted
  $ (0.09 )   $ (0.49 )   $ (0.53 )
Shares used in computing net loss per share — basic and diluted
    290,518       232,210       216,117  
 
See accompanying notes.


53


Table of Contents

FINISAR CORPORATION
 
 
                                                                 
                      Notes
          Other
             
                Additional
    Receivable
    Deferred
    Comprehensive
          Total
 
    Common Stock     Paid-In
    from
    Stock
    Income
    Accumulated
    Stockholders’
 
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Stockholders     Compensation     (Loss)     Deficit     Equity  
    (In thousands, except share data)  
 
Balance at April 30, 2003
    207,295,693     $ 207     $ 1,219,424     $ (1,077 )   $ (1,045 )   $ 841     $ (943,370 )   $ 274,980  
Compensation expense related to option modification
                93                               93  
Compensation expense Related to non- employee option grants
                891                               891  
Issuance of common stock for completion of milestones related to acquisition of Transwave
    116,040             147                               147  
Exercise of warrants, stock options, net of repurchase of unvested shares
    3,396,422       3       4,712                               4,715  
Issuance of common stock through employee stock purchase plan
    1,251,492       1       1,424                               1,425  
Issuance of common stock for conversion of convertible notes
    9,926,339       10       32,819                                 32,829  
Issuance of common stock for fees associated with the purchase of assets
    545,349       1       1,237                                 1,238  
Reversal of deferred stock compensation due to employee terminations
                (988 )           988                    
Amortization of deferred stock compensation
                            (105 )                 (105 )
Payments received on stockholder notes receivable
                      596                         596  
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments
                                  (322 )           (322 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                  191             191  
Net loss
                                        (113,833 )     (113,833 )
                                                                 
Comprehensive loss
                                                            (113,964 )
                                                                 
Balance at April 30, 2004
    222,531,335     $ 222     $ 1,259,759     $ (481 )   $ (162 )   $ 710     $ (1,057,203 )   $ 202,845  
                                                                 
 
See accompanying notes.


54


Table of Contents

FINISAR CORPORATION
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY — (Continued)
 
                                                                 
                      Notes
          Other
             
                Additional
    Receivable
    Deferred
    Comprehensive
          Total
 
    Common Stock     Paid-In
    from
    Stock
    Income
    Accumulated
    Stockholders’
 
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Stockholders     Compensation     (Loss)     Deficit     Equity  
    (In thousands, except share data)  
 
Balance at April 30, 2004
    222,531,335     $ 222     $ 1,259,759     $ (481 )   $ (162 )   $ 710     $ (1,057,203 )   $ 202,845  
Compensation expense related to option modification
                16                               16  
Issuance of common stock for completion of milestones related to acquisition of Transwave
    144,806             256                               256  
Issuance of common stock related to acquisition of certain assets
    34,000,000       34       52,462                               52,496  
Exercise of warrants, stock options, net of repurchase of unvested shares
    1,654,422       2       1,452       14                         1,468  
Issuance of common stock through employee stock purchase plan
    600,715       1       1,015                               1,016  
Amortization of deferred stock compensation
                            162                   162  
Payments received on stockholder notes receivable
                      467                         467  
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments
                                  (465 )           (465 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                  136             136  
Net loss
                                        (114,107 )     (114,107 )
                                                                 
Comprehensive loss
                                                            (114,436 )
                                                                 
Balance at April 30, 2005
    258,931,278     $ 259     $ 1,314,960     $     $     $ 381     $ (1,171,310 )   $ 144,290  
                                                                 
 
See accompanying notes.


55


Table of Contents

FINISAR CORPORATION
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY — (Continued)
 
                                                 
                      Other
             
                Additional
    Comprehensive
          Total
 
    Common Stock     Paid-In
    Income
    Accumulated
    Stockholders’
 
    Shares     Amount     Capital     (Loss)     Deficit     Equity  
    (In thousands, except share data)  
 
Balance at April 30, 2005
    258,931,278     $ 259     $ 1,314,960     $ 381     $ (1,171,310 )   $ 144,290  
Issuance of common stock for conversion of convertible notes
    28,785,022       29       33,476                   33,505  
Issuance of common stock related to acquisition of InterSan
    7,132,229       7       8,809                   8,816  
Exercise of warrants, stock options, net of repurchase of unvested shares
    9,434,333       10       12,849                   12,859  
Issuance of common stock through employee stock purchase plan
    1,229,249       1       1,086                   1,087  
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments
                      (80 )           (80 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                      1,397             1,397  
Net loss
                            (24,919 )     (24,919 )
                                                 
Comprehensive loss
                                            (23,602 )
                                                 
Balance at April 30, 2006
    305,512,111     $ 306     $ 1,371,180     $ 1,698     $ (1,196,229 )   $ 176,955  
                                                 
 
See accompanying notes.


56


Table of Contents

FINISAR CORPORATION
 
 
                         
    Fiscal Years Ended April 30,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    (In thousands)  
 
Operating activities
                       
Net loss
    (24,919 )     (114,107 )     (113,833 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    33,467       28,841       30,516  
Compensation expense related to modification of existing options
          16       93  
Compensation expense related to non-employee options grants
                891  
Amortization of deferred stock compensation
          162       (105 )
Acquired in-process research and development
          1,558       6,180  
Amortization of beneficial conversion feature of convertible notes
    4,527       4,256       10,220  
Amortization of purchased technology and other purchased intangibles
    1,747       1,103       572  
Amortization of acquired developed technology
    17,672       22,269       19,239  
Amortization of discount on restricted securities
    (160 )     (244 )     (313 )
Loss on debt conversion
                10,763  
Loss (gain) on sale of property and equipment
    (153 )     1,174        
Gain on sale of minority investment
    (10,967 )            
Gain on extinguishment of debt
                (86 )
Loss on retirement of assets
          329       257  
Other-than-temporary decline in fair value of investments
                528  
Share of losses of equity accounted investee
    2,118       1,766       1,302  
Impairment of minority investments
          10,000       1,631  
Impairment of intangible assets
    853       3,656        
Impairment of assets
          18,798        
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
Accounts receivable
    (14,683 )     (13,290 )     537  
Inventories
    (19,128 )     1,058       5,493  
Other assets
    (5,288 )     (5,266 )     (7,454 )
Deferred income taxes
    2,421       1,632        
Accounts payable
    3,537       970       6,042  
Accrued compensation
    4,805       124       (73 )
Other accrued liabilities
    1,073       1,911       (5,203 )
Deferred revenue
    1,525       5,296       44  
                         
Net cash used in operating activities
    (1,553 )     (27,988 )     (32,759 )
                         
Investing activities
                       
Purchases of property, equipment and improvements
    (22,887 )     (21,202 )     (13,488 )
Purchases of available-for-sale investments
    (245,916 )     (177,642 )     (57,669 )
Sales and maturities of available-for-sale investments
    263,344       177,776       62,442  
Purchases of restricted securities
                (14,411 )
Maturity of restricted securities
    3,750       6,381       8,437  
Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash assumed
    (1,213 )     694        
Acquisition of product line assets
    3,868       (13,694 )     (75,270 )
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
    914       743        
Proceeds from sale of minority investment
    10,967              
Purchases of, and loan to, minority investments, net of loan repayments
          (1,000 )     1,684  
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    12,827       (27,944 )     (88,275 )
                         
Financing activities
                       
Proceeds from issuance of a note
    9,897              
Financing liability related to sale-leaseback of building
          12,900        
Repayments of liability related to sale-leaseback of building
    (243 )     (360 )      
Repayments of borrowings on notes
    (944 )            
Repayments of borrowings on convertible notes
                (1,860 )
Payment received on stockholder notes receivable
          467       596  
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and stock purchase plan, net of repurchase of unvested shares
    13,946       2,484       6,140  
Proceeds from issuance of convertible debt, net of issue costs
                145,112  
                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    22,656       15,491       149,988  
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    33,930       (40,441 )     28,954  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    29,431       69,872       40,918  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 63,361     $ 29,431     $ 69,872  
                         
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
                       
Cash paid for interest
  $ 9,449     $ 9,013     $ 7,731  
Cash paid for taxes
  $ 40     $ 42     $ 334  
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities
                       
Issuance of convertible promissory note on asset purchase
  $     $ 16,270     $  
                         
Issuance of convertible promissory note on acquisition of subsidiary
  $     $ 12,061     $  
                         
Issuance of convertible promissory note for minority investment
  $     $ 3,750     $  
                         
Issuance of common stock and warrants and assumption of options in connection with acquisitions
  $ 8,816     $ 52,752     $ 147  
                         
Issuance of common stock for fees associated with the purchase of assets
  $     $     $ 1,237  
                         
Issuance of common stock upon conversion of promissory note
  $ 33,505     $     $  
                         
 
See accompanying notes.


57


Table of Contents

FINISAR CORPORATION
 
 
1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Description of Business
 
Finisar Corporation is a leading provider of optical subsystems and components and network performance test and monitoring systems. These products enable high-speed data communications over local area networks, or LANs, storage area networks, or SANs, and metropolitan area networks, or MANs. Optical subsystems consist primarily of transceivers sold to manufacturers of storage and networking equipment for SAN, LAN and MAN applications. Optical subsystems also include multiplexers, demultiplexers and optical add/drop modules used in MAN applications. The Company is focused on the application of digital fiber optics to provide a broad line of high-performance, reliable, value-added optical subsystems for data networking and storage equipment manufacturers. Finisar’s line of optical subsystems supports a wide range of network protocols, transmission speeds, distances, physical mediums and configurations. Finisar’s line of optical components consists primarily of packaged lasers and photodetectors used in transceivers, primarily for LAN and SAN applications. The Company also provides network performance test and monitoring systems to original equipment manufacturers for testing and validating equipment designs and to operators of networking and storage data centers for testing, monitoring and troubleshooting the performance of their installed systems. Finisar sells its products primarily to leading storage and networking equipment manufacturers such as Brocade, Cisco Systems, EMC, Emulex, Hewlett-Packard Company and Qlogic.
 
Finisar Corporation was incorporated in California in April 1987 and reincorporated in Delaware in November 1999. Finisar’s principal executive offices are located at 1389 Moffett Park Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089, and its telephone number at that location is (408) 548-1000.
 
Basis of Presentation
 
These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Finisar Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively “Finisar” or the “Company”). Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
Fiscal Periods
 
The Company maintains its financial records on the basis of a fiscal year ending on April 30, with fiscal quarters ending on the Sunday closest to the end of the period (thirteen-week periods). For ease of reference, all references to period end dates have been presented as though the period ended on the last day of the calendar month. The first three quarters of fiscal 2006 ended on July 31, 2005, October 30, 2005 and January 29, 2006, respectively. The first three quarters of fiscal 2005 ended on August 1, 2004, October 31, 2004 and January 30, 2005, respectively. The first three quarters of fiscal 2004 ended on July 27, 2003, October 26, 2003 and January 25, 2004, respectively.
 
Reclassifications
 
Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year financial statements to conform to the current year presentation. These changes had no impact on previously reported net income or retained earnings.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.


58


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Revenue Recognition
 
The Company’s revenue transactions consist predominately of sales of products to customers. The Company follows the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104 Revenue Recognition and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue 00-21 Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables. Specifically, the Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, generally upon shipment, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. For those arrangements with multiple elements, or in related arrangements with the same customer, the arrangement is divided into separate units of accounting if certain criteria are met, including whether the delivered item has stand-alone value to the customer and whether there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered items. The consideration received is allocated among the separate units of accounting based on their respective fair values, and the applicable revenue recognition criteria are applied to each of the separate units. In cases where there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered item in an arrangement but no such evidence for the delivered item, the residual method is used to allocate the arrangement consideration. For units of accounting which include more than one deliverable, the Company generally recognizes all revenue and cost of revenue for the unit of accounting over the period in which the last undelivered item is delivered.
 
At the time revenue is recognized, the Company establishes an accrual for estimated warranty expenses associated with sales, recorded as a component of cost of revenues. The Company’s customers and distributors generally do not have return rights. However, the Company has established an allowance for estimated customer returns, based on historical experience, which is netted against revenue.
 
Sales to certain distributors are made under agreements providing distributor price adjustments and rights of return under certain circumstances. Revenue and costs relating to distributor sales are deferred until products are sold by the distributors to end customers. Revenue recognition depends on notification from the distributor that product has been sold to the end customer. Also reported by the distributor are product resale price, quantity and end customer shipment information, as well as inventory on hand. Deferred revenue on shipments to distributors reflects the effects of distributor price adjustments and, the amount of gross margin expected to be realized when distributors sell-through products purchased from us. Accounts receivable from distributors are recognized and inventory is relieved when title to inventories transfers, typically upon shipment from us at which point we have a legally enforceable right to collection under normal payment terms.
 
Segment Reporting
 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 131 Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information establishes standards for the way that public business enterprises report information about operating segments in annual financial statements and requires that those enterprises report selected information about operating segments in interim financial reports. SFAS 131 also establishes standards for related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas and major customers. The Company has determined that it operates in two segments consisting of optical subsystems and components and network test and monitoring systems.
 
Concentrations of Credit Risk
 
Financial instruments which potentially subject Finisar to concentrations of credit risk include cash, cash equivalents, short-term, long-term and restricted investments and accounts receivable. Finisar places its cash, cash equivalents and short-term, long-term and restricted investments with high-credit quality financial institutions. Such investments are generally in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insurance limits. Concentrations of credit risk, with respect to accounts receivable, exist to the extent of amounts presented in the financial statements. Generally, Finisar does not require collateral or other security to support customer receivables. Finisar performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers and maintains an allowance for potential credit losses based on historical experience and other information available to management. Losses to date have been within management’s expectations. The Company’s five largest customers represented 34.7% and 39.3% of total accounts receivable at April 30, 2006 and 2005. One optical subsystems and components customer, Cisco Systems, represented 8.7% and 19.9% of total accounts receivable at April 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively.


59


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Current Vulnerabilities Due to Certain Concentrations
 
Finisar sells products primarily to customers located in North America. During fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, sales of optical subsystems and components to Cisco Systems represented 22.3%, 27.8% and 22.2%, respectively, of total revenues. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of total revenues in any of these fiscal years.
 
Included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at April 30, 2006, are the net assets of the Company’s manufacturing operations, substantially all of which are located in Malaysia and which total approximately $51.4 million.
 
Foreign Currency Translation
 
The functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries is the local currency. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the exchange rate on the balance sheet dates. Revenues and expenses are translated using average exchange rates prevailing during the year. Any translation adjustments resulting from this process are shown separately as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in the determination of net loss.
 
Research and Development
 
Research and development expenditures are charged to operations as incurred.
 
Advertising Costs
 
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising is used infrequently in marketing the Company’s products. Advertising costs during fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004 were $252,000, $580,000, and $242,000, respectively.
 
Shipping and Handling Costs
 
The Company records costs related to shipping and handling in cost of sales for all periods presented.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Finisar’s cash equivalents consist of money market funds and highly liquid short-term investments with qualified financial institutions. Finisar considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity from the date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
Investments
 
Available-for-sale
 
The Company determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such classification as of each balance sheet date. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other than temporary are determined based on the specific identification method and are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Available-for-sale investments are initially recorded at cost and periodically adjusted to fair value through comprehensive income.
 
Restricted Investments
 
Restricted investments consist of interest bearing securities with maturities of greater than three months from the date of purchase and investments held in escrow under the terms of the Company’s convertible subordinated notes. In accordance with SFAS 115, the Company has classified its restricted investments as held-to-maturity. Held-to-maturity securities are stated at amortized cost.


60


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Other
 
The Company uses the cost method of accounting for investments in companies that do not have a readily determinable fair value in which it holds an interest of less than 20% and over which it does not have the ability to exercise significant influence. For entities in which the Company holds an interest of greater than 20% or in which the Company does have the ability to exercise significant influence, the Company uses the equity method. In determining if and when a decline in the market value of these investments below their carrying value is other-than-temporary, the Company evaluates the market conditions, offering prices, trends of earnings and cash flows, price multiples, prospects for liquidity and other key measures of performance. The Company’s policy is to recognize an impairment in the value of its minority equity investments when clear evidence of an impairment exists, such as (a) the completion of a new equity financing that may indicate a new value for the investment, (b) the failure to complete a new equity financing arrangement after seeking to raise additional funds or (c) the commencement of proceedings under which the assets of the business may be placed in receivership or liquidated to satisfy the claims of debt and equity stakeholders. The Company’s minority investments in private companies are generally made in exchange for preferred stock with a liquidation preference that is intended to help protect the underlying value of its investment.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued compensation and other accrued liabilities, approximate fair value because of their short maturities. As of April 30, 2006 and 2005, the fair value of the Company’s convertible subordinated debt based on quoted market prices was approximately $323.0 million and $206.6 million, respectively.
 
Inventories
 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (determined on a first-in, first-out basis) or market.
 
The Company permanently writes down the cost of inventory that the Company specifically identifies and considers obsolete or excessive to fulfill future sales estimates. The Company defines obsolete inventory as inventory that will no longer be used in the manufacturing process. Excess inventory is generally defined as inventory in excess of projected usage and is determined using management’s best estimate of future demand, based upon information then available to the Company. The Company also considers: (1) parts and subassemblies that can be used in alternative finished products, (2) parts and subassemblies that are unlikely to be engineered out of the Company’s products, and (3) known design changes which would reduce the Company’s ability to use the inventory as planned.
 
Property, Equipment and Improvements
 
Property, equipment and improvements are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Property, plant, equipment and improvements are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three years to seven years except for buildings which are depreciated over life of the building lease. Land is carried at acquisition cost and not depreciated. Leased land is depreciated over the life of the lease.
 
Goodwill, Purchased Technology, and Other Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill, purchased technology, and other intangible assets result from acquisitions accounted for under the purchase method. Amortization of purchased technology and other intangibles has been provided on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from three to seven years. The amortization of goodwill ceased with the adoption of SFAS 142 beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2003.


61


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
 
The Company periodically evaluates whether changes have occurred to long-lived assets that would require revision of the remaining estimated useful life of the property, improvements and assigned intangible assets or render them not recoverable. If such circumstances arise, the Company uses an estimate of the undiscounted value of expected future operating cash flows to determine whether the long-lived assets are impaired. If the aggregate undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the assets, the resulting impairment charge to be recorded is calculated based on the excess of the carrying value of the assets over the fair value of such assets, with the fair value determined based on an estimate of discounted future cash flows.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
Finisar accounts for employee stock option grants in accordance with Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25 Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees and complies with the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123 Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation and SFAS No. 148 Accounting for Stock-based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure. The Company accounts for stock issued to non-employees in accordance with provisions of SFAS No. 123 and Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 96-18 Accounting for Equity Investments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling Goods or Services.
 
The following table illustrates the effect on net loss and loss per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 to employee stock benefits, including shares issued under the Company’s stock option plans and Employee Stock Purchase Plan (collectively “options”). For purposes of these pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the options is assumed to be amortized to expense over the options’ vesting periods and the amortization of deferred compensation has been added back. Pro forma information follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):
 
                         
    Fiscal Years Ended April 30,  
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Net loss as reported
  $ (24,919 )   $ (114,107 )   $ (113,833 )
                         
Add stock based employee compensation reported in net loss
          162       (12 )
                         
Deduct total stock based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards
    (10,241 )     (20,360 )     (29,813 )
                         
Pro forma net loss
  $ (35,160 )   $ (134,305 )   $ (143,658 )
                         
Net loss per share — basic and diluted:
                       
As reported
  $ (0.09 )   $ (0.49 )   $ (0.53 )
                         
Pro forma
  $ (0.12 )   $ (0.58 )   $ (0.66 )
                         
Shares used in computing reported and proforma net loss — basic and diluted
    290,518       232,210       216,117  
 
The fair value of the Company’s stock option grants prior to the Company’s initial public offering was estimated at the date of grant using the minimum value option valuation model. The fair value of the Company’s stock options grants subsequent to the initial public offering was valued using the Black-Scholes valuation model based on the actual stock closing price on the day previous to the date of grant. These option valuation models were developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions. Because Finisar’s stock-based awards have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options and because


62


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management’s opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its stock-based awards.
 
The fair value of these options at the date of grant was estimated using the following weighted-average assumptions for fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004: risk-free interest rates of 4.4%, 3.5%, and 2.1%, respectively; a dividend yield of 0%; a volatility factor of 1.07, 1.17, and 0.89, respectively; and a weighted-average expected life of the option of 3.19, 3.28 and 3.0 years, respectively. For the employee stock purchase plan the Company used the following weighted-average assumptions for fiscal 2006, 2005, and 2004: risk-free interest rates of 4.18%, 2.85%, and 2.01%; a dividend yield of 0%; a volatility factor of 0.68, 0.99, and 1.14; respectively, and a weighted-average expected life of the option of 0.5, 0.46, and 0.48, respectively.
 
In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS 123R, which replaces SFAS 123 and supersedes APB 25. As permitted by SFAS 123, the Company currently accounts for share-based payments to employees using APB 25’s intrinsic value method. Under APB 25, the Company generally recognizes no compensation expense for employee stock options, as the exercise prices of the options granted are usually equal to the quoted market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant. SFAS 123R requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values, except in limited circumstances when stock options have been exchanged in a business combination. Under SFAS 123R, the pro forma disclosures previously permitted under SFAS 123 will no longer be an alternative to financial statement recognition. In April 2005, the SEC issued a rule delaying the required adoption date for SFAS 123R to the first interim period of the first fiscal year beginning on or after June 15, 2005. The Company adopted SFAS 123R as of May 1, 2006.
 
Under SFAS 123R, the Company must determine the appropriate fair value model to be used for valuing share-based payments, the amortization method of compensation cost and the transition method to be used at date of adoption. The adoption alternatives are the “modified retrospective” and the “modified prospective” methods. The modified prospective method requires that compensation expense be recorded for all unvested stock options and restricted stock at the beginning of the first quarter of adoption. The modified retrospective method requires that compensation expense for all unvested stock options and restricted stock begin with the first period restated. Under the modified retrospective method, prior periods may be restated either as of the beginning of the year of adoption or for all periods presented. The Company expects to adopt SFAS 123R under the modified prospective method. The Company is evaluating the requirements of SFAS 123R and has not yet determined the effect of adopting SFAS 123R or whether the adoption will result in amounts that are similar to the current pro forma disclosures under SFAS 123, although the Company expects that the adoption of SFAS 123R will result in significant stock-based compensation expense.
 
Net Loss Per Share
 
Basic and diluted net loss per share are presented in accordance with SFAS No. 128 Earnings Per Share for all periods presented. Basic net loss per share has been computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share has been computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock and dilutive potential common shares from options and warrants (under the treasury stock method), convertible redeemable preferred stock (on an if-converted basis) and convertible notes (on an as-if-converted basis) outstanding during the period.


63


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share amounts):
 
                         
    Fiscal Years Ended April 30,  
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Numerator:
                       
Net loss
  $ (24,919 )   $ (114,107 )   $ (113,833 )
                         
Denominator for basic net loss per share:
                       
Weighted-average shares outstanding — total
    290,522       232,274       217,268  
Weighted-average shares outstanding — subject to repurchase
    (4 )     (64 )     (831 )
Weighted-average shares outstanding — performance stock
                (320 )
                         
Weighted-average shares outstanding — basic and diluted
    290,518       232,210       216,117  
                         
Basic and diluted net loss per share
  $ (0.09 )   $ (0.49 )   $ (0.53 )
                         
Common stock equivalents related to potentially dilutive securities excluded from computation above because they are anti-dilutive:
                       
Employee stock options
    10,803       4,521       11,765  
Stock subject to repurchase
    4       64       831  
Conversion of convertible subordinated notes
    58,647       58,647       41,512  
Conversion of convertible notes
          14,981        
Deferred share consideration in acquisitions
                1  
Warrants assumed in acquisition
    471       942       1,004  
                         
Potentially dilutive securities
    69,925       79,155       55,113  
                         
 
Comprehensive Income
 
Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income” (“SFAS 130”) establishes rules for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components. SFAS 130 requires unrealized gains or losses on the Company’s available-for-sale securities and foreign currency translation adjustments to be included in comprehensive income.
 
The components of comprehensive loss for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Fiscal Years Ended April 30,  
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Net loss
  $ (24,919 )   $ (114,107 )   $ (113,833 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    1,397       136       191  
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on securities, net of reclassification adjustments for realized gain/(loss)
    (80 )     (465 )     (322 )
                         
Comprehensive loss
  $ (23,602 )   $ (114,436 )   $ (113,964 )
                         
 
Included in the determination of net loss was a gain (loss) on foreign exchange transactions of $722,000, $(63,000), and $106,000 for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The gain in fiscal


64


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

2006 includes the transfer of $964,000 of cumulative translation adjustment to other income (expense), net on the statement of operations related to the liquidation of the Company’s German subsidiary.
 
The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes, were as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    April 30,  
    2006     2005  
 
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on available-for-sale securities
  $ (576 )   $ (496 )
Cumulative translation adjustment
    2,274       877  
                 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
  $ 1,698     $ 381  
                 
 
Pending Adoption of New Accounting Standards
 
In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 123R, which replaces SFAS 123 and supersedes Accounting Principles Board (APB) 25. As permitted by SFAS 123, the Company currently account for share-based payments to employees using APB 25’s intrinsic value method. Under APB 25 the Company generally recognize no compensation expense for employee stock options, as the exercise prices of the options granted are usually equal to the quoted market price of our common stock on the day of the grant. SFAS 123R requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values, except in limited circumstances when stock options have been exchanged in a business combination. The pro forma disclosures previously permitted under SFAS 123 will no longer be an alternative to financial statement recognition. In April 2005, the Security and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued a rule delaying the required adoption date for SFAS 123R to the first interim period of the first fiscal year beginning on or after June 15, 2005. The Company will adopt SFAS 123R as of May 1, 2006.
 
Under SFAS 123R, the Company must determine the appropriate fair value model to be used for valuing share-based payments, the amortization method of compensation cost and the transition method to be used at date of adoption. The transition methods include retroactive and prospective adoption options. The prospective method requires that compensation expense be recorded for all unvested stock options and restricted stock at the beginning of the first quarter of adoption. The retroactive method requires that compensation expense for all unvested stock options and restricted stock begins with the first period restated. Under the retroactive option, prior periods may be restated either as of the beginning of the year of adoption or for all periods presented. The Company expects to adopt SFAS 123R under the prospective method. The Company is evaluating the requirements of SFAS 123R and have not yet determined the effect of adopting SFAS 123R or whether the adoption will result in amounts that are similar to the current pro forma disclosures under SFAS 123, although the Company expects that the adoption of SFAS 123R will result in significant stock-based compensation expense.
 
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS 153, Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets, as an amendment of APB 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions. SFAS 153 addresses the measurement of exchanges of nonmonetary assets and eliminates the exception from fair value measurement for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets in APB 29 and replaces it with an exception for exchanges that do not have commercial substance. This Statement specifies that a nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. The provisions of this Statement are effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005 must be applied prospectively. The Company will adopt SFAS 153 as of May 1, 2006. The Company does not expect that the adoption of SFAS 153 will have a material effect on its results of operations.
 
In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs — an Amendment of APB No. 43, Chapter 4, or SFAS 151, which is the result of the FASB’s efforts to converge U.S. accounting standards for inventory with International Accounting Standards. SFAS 151 requires abnormal amounts of idle facility expense,


65


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

freight, handling costs, and wasted material to be recognized as current-period charges. It also requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. SFAS 151 is effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005 and thus the Company will adopt SFAS 151 as of May 1, 2006. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS 151 to have a material impact on its results of operations.
 
2.   Business Combinations and Asset Acquisitions
 
Acquisition of Honeywell VCSEL Optical Products Business
 
On March 1, 2004, the Company completed the acquisition of Honeywell International Inc.’s VCSEL Optical Products business unit for a purchase price and transaction expenses totaling approximately $80.9 million in cash and $1.2 million in the Company’s common stock. The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The acquisition was undertaken to improve the Company’s vertical integration and lower its cost of goods sold, to gain access to intellectual property and know-how associated with making short wavelength VCSELs for data communications and other future market applications and for the additional revenue and earnings growth associated with new product opportunities. The goodwill recorded in connection with this acquisition reflected the value to be realized associated with these incremental cost savings and future revenue opportunities. The results of operations of this business unit, which the Company now refers to as its Advanced Optical Components Division, were included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements beginning on March 1, 2004.
 
Acquisition of Assets of Data Transit Corp.
 
On August 6, 2004, the Company completed the purchase of substantially all of the assets of Data Transit Corp. in exchange for a cash payment of $500,000 and the issuance of a convertible promissory note in the original principal amount of $16.3 million. Transaction costs totaled $682,000. The acquisition of Data Transit expanded the Company’s product offering for testing and monitoring systems, particularly those systems based on the SAS and SATA protocols used in the disk drive industry. The goodwill recorded in connection with this acquisition reflected the incremental earnings associated with selling this new test and monitoring capability, the underlying know-how for making these products which the Company plans to incorporate into its XGig product platform and cost synergies associated with integrating the operations of Data Transit with the Company’s Network Tools Division. The principal balance of the note issued in this acquisition bore interest at 8% per annum. During fiscal 2006, the Company issued 15,082,865 shares of common stock upon the conversion of all of the principal and interest on this note (see Note 12). The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and, accordingly, the results of operations of the acquired assets (beginning with the closing date of the acquisition) and the estimated fair value of assets acquired were included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements beginning in the second quarter of fiscal 2005.
 
Acquisition of Transceiver and Transponder Product Line From Infineon Technologies AG
 
On January 31, 2005, the Company acquired certain assets from Infineon Technologies AG related to Infineon’s fiber optics business unit associated with the design, development and manufacture of optical transceiver and transponder products in exchange for 34 million shares of the Company’s common stock. The acquisition expanded the Company’s product offering and customer base for optical transceivers and transponders and expanded its portfolio of intellectual property used in designing and manufacturing these products as well as those to be developed in the future. The goodwill recorded in connection with this acquisition reflected the value to be realized associated with cost savings resulting from integrating these products with the Company’s Optics Division as well as the incremental growth in revenue and earnings from the sale of future products. The Company did not acquire any employees or assume any liabilities as part of the acquisition, except for obligations under customer contracts. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and, accordingly, the results of operations of the acquired assets (beginning with the closing date of the acquisition) and the estimated fair value of assets


66


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

acquired were included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005.
 
Acquisition of I-TECH Corp.
 
On April 8, 2005, the Company completed the acquisition of I-TECH Corp., a privately-held network test and monitoring company based in Eden Prairie, Minnesota. The acquisition expanded the Company’s product offering for testing and monitoring systems, particularly for those systems relying on the use of the Fibre Channel protocol, and expanded its portfolio of intellectual property used in designing and manufacturing these products as well as those to be developed in the future. The goodwill recorded in connection with this acquisition reflected the underlying patents and know-how used in manufacturing future products and cost synergies associated with integrating the operations of I-TECH with the Company’s Network Tools Division. The acquisition agreement provided for the merger of I-TECH with a wholly-owned subsidiary of Finisar and the issuance by Finisar to the sole holder of I-TECH’s common stock of promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $12.1 million. During fiscal 2006, the Company issued 10,107,550 shares of common stock upon the conversion of all of the principal and interest on these notes (see Note 12). The results of operations of I-TECH (beginning with the closing date of the acquisition) and the estimated fair value of assets acquired were included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005.
 
Acquisition of InterSAN, Inc.
 
On May 12, 2005, the Company completed the acquisition of InterSAN, Inc., a privately-held company located in Scotts Valley, California. Under the terms of the acquisition agreement, InterSAN merged with a wholly-owned subsidiary of Finisar and the holders of InterSAN’s securities received 7,132,229 shares of Finisar common stock having a value of approximately $8.8 million at the time of the acquisition. The results of operations of InterSAN (beginning with the closing date of the acquisition) and the estimated fair value of assets acquired were included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2006.
 
Acquisition of Big Bear Networks, Inc.
 
On November 15, 2005, the Company completed the purchase of certain assets of Big Bear Networks, Inc. in exchange for a cash payment of $1.9 million. The acquisition expanded the Company’s product offering and customer base for optical transponders and its portfolio of intellectual property used in designing and manufacturing these products as well as those to be developed in the future. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and, accordingly, the results of operations of the acquired assets (beginning with the closing date of the acquisition) and the estimated fair value of assets acquired were included in the optical subsystems and components segment of the Company’s consolidated financial statements beginning in the third quarter of fiscal 2006.


67


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
The following is a summary of business combinations (“BC”) and asset acquisitions (“AA”) made by the Company during the three-year period ended April 30, 2006. All of the business combinations were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting:
 
                     
            Operating
   
Entity Name
  Type  
Description of Business
  Segment  
Acquisition Date
 
Fiscal 2006
                   
Big Bear Networks, Inc. (“Big Bear”)
  AA   Optical components     1     November 15, 2005
InterSAN, Inc. (“InterSAN”)
  BC   Network test and monitoring products     2     May 12, 2005
Fiscal 2005
                   
Data Transit Corp. (“Data Transit”)
  AA   Network test and monitoring software     2     August 6, 2004
Infineon Technologies AG (“Infineon”) transceiver and transponder product lines
  AA   Optical components     1     January 31, 2005
I-TECH Corp. (“I-TECH”)
  BC   Network test and monitoring products     2     April 8, 2005
Fiscal 2004
                   
Honeywell International Inc. (“Honeywell”) optical products business unit
  AA   VCSEL optical components     1     March 1, 2004
 
 
(1) Optical Subsystems and Components
 
(2) Network Test and Monitoring Systems
 
The following is a summary of the consideration paid by the Company for each of these business combinations and asset acquisitions. For transactions in which shares of Finisar common stock were issued at closing, the value of the shares was determined in accordance with Emerging Issue Task Force No. 99-12, Determination of the Measurement Date for the Market Price of Acquirer Securities Issued in a Purchase Business Combination, using the average closing price of Finisar common stock for the five day period ending two days after the announcement of the transaction.
 
                                         
    Stock                    
          Number and
    Convertible
    Cash Including
    Total
 
    Value
    Type of
    Note
    Acquisition Costs
    Consideration
 
Entity Name
  $ (000)     Shares(1)(2)     $ (000)     $ (000)     $ (000)  
 
Fiscal 2006
                                       
InterSAN
    8,816       7,132,229 (C)           1,212       10,028  
Big Bear
                      1,918       1,918  
Fiscal 2005
                                       
Data Transit
                16,270       1,510       17,780  
Infineon
    52,496       34,000,000 (C)           1,861       54,357  
I-TECH
                12,061       861       12,922  
Fiscal 2004
                                       
Honeywell
    1,237       545,349 (C)           80,854 (2)     82,091  
 
 
(1) Shares of common stock (C) or warrants to purchase common stock (W).


68


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
(2) Including $5,583 included in other accrued liabilities as of April 30, 2004.
 
The following is a summary of the initial purchase price allocation for each of the Company’s business combinations and asset acquisitions (in thousands):
 
                                                         
          Intangible Assets Acquired        
    Net
          In-Process
                         
    Tangible
    Developed
    Research &
    Customer
                   
Entity Name
  Assets     Technology     Development     Base     Tradename     Goodwill     Total  
 
Fiscal 2006
                                                       
InterSAN
    (4 )     429             1,529             8,074       10,028  
Big Bear
    1,918                                     1,918  
Fiscal 2005
                                                       
Data Transit
    1,813       6,414       318       2,100       758       6,377       17,780  
Infineon
    8,306       4,567       1,126       864             39,494       54,357  
I-TECH
    1,319       1,084       114       750             9,655       12,922  
Fiscal 2004
                                                       
Honeywell
    20,414       14,862       6,180                   40,635       82,091  
 
The amounts allocated to current technology were determined based on discounted cash flows which result from the expected sale of products that were being manufactured and sold at the time of the acquisition over their expected useful life. The amounts allocated to in-process research and development (“IPRD”) were determined through established valuation techniques in the high-technology industry and were expensed upon acquisition because technological feasibility had not been established and no future alternative uses existed. Research and development costs to bring the products from the acquired companies to technological feasibility are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s future results of operations or cash flows. Goodwill represents the excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of the assets, including identifiable intangible assets, net of the fair value of liabilities assumed. Intangible assets related to the acquisitions, excluding goodwill, are amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives ranging from three to five years. For income tax purposes, intangible assets including goodwill related to the asset acquisitions are amortized to expense on a straight-line basis, generally over 15 years.
 
The following is a summary of the weighted average amortization period for intangible assets acquired in fiscal 2006 and 2005:
 
                                 
    Developed
    Customer
             
    Technology     Base     Tradename     Total  
 
Acquired in fiscal 2006
                               
InterSAN
    3.0       2.9             3.0  
Acquired in fiscal 2005
                               
Data Transit
    4.6       6.6       7.0       5.3  
Infineon
    3.0       5.0             3.3  
I-TECH
    3.7       4.0             3.8  
 
The consolidated statements of operations of Finisar presented throughout this report include the operating results of the acquired companies from the date of each respective acquisition.


69


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
3.   Purchased Intangible Assets Including Goodwill
 
The following table reflects changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reporting unit (in thousands):
 
                         
    Optical Subsystems
    Network Test and
    Consolidated
 
    and Components     Monitoring Systems     Total  
 
Balance at April 30, 2003
  $ 3,838     $ 16,000     $ 19,838  
                         
Addition related to achievement of milestones
    147             147  
Addition related to acquisition of subsidiary
    40,635             40,635  
                         
Balance at April 30, 2004
  $ 44,620     $ 16,000     $ 60,620  
                         
Addition related to achievement of milestones
    256             256  
Addition related to acquisition of subsidiary
    43,546       15,268       58,814  
                         
Balance at April 30, 2005
  $ 88,422     $ 31,268     $ 119,690  
                         
Addition (reduction) related to acquisition of subsidiary
    (3,996 )     8,838       4,842  
                         
Balance at April 30, 2006
  $ 84,426     $ 40,106     $ 124,532  
                         
 
During the fourth quarters of fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006, the Company performed the required annual impairment testing of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets and determined that no impairment charge was required.
 
During fiscal 2004, the Company recorded additional goodwill in the optical subsystems and components reporting unit in the amount of $147,000 as a result of achievement of certain milestones specified in the acquisition agreement with Transwave Fiber, Inc. During fiscal 2004, the Company recorded an additional $40.6 million in conjunction with the acquisition of the Honeywell VCSEL Optical Products business unit.
 
During fiscal 2005, the Company recorded additional goodwill in the optical subsystems and components reporting unit in the amount of $256,000 as a result of achievement of certain milestones specified in the Transwave acquisition agreement. In fiscal 2005, the Company recorded the following additional goodwill in conjunction with several companies acquired in fiscal 2005: $43.5 million in conjunction with the Infineon acquisition, $9.0 million in conjunction with the I-TECH acquisition, and $6.3 million in conjunction with the Data Transit acquisition.
 
During fiscal 2006, the Company recorded a $4.0 million reduction of goodwill in the optical subsystems and components reporting unit. The reduction was primarily due to a reassessment of the allocation of the purchase price of assets related to the acquisition of the transceiver and transponder business of Infineon Technologies AG, which was completed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005. The reassessment included the reduction of the purchase price by $8.0 million related to inventory Infineon repurchased from the Company, and lower than expected VAT and other transaction costs of $332,000. These reductions were offset by the reduced allocation of the purchase price to a minority investment of $4.2 million and additional payments of $184,000 associated with the Infineon acquisition. The Company recorded additional goodwill of $8.8 million in the network test and monitoring systems reporting unit. The addition was due to $8.1 million recorded in connection with the acquisition of InterSAN, additional payments of $112,000 for the I-TECH acquisition and $59,000 for the Data Transit acquisition, an adjustment related to I-TECH inventory of $225,000, and an adjustment to an I-TECH accrual of $367,000.


70


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
The following table reflects intangible assets subject to amortization as of April 30, 2006 and April 30, 2005 (in thousands):
 
                         
    April 30, 2006  
    Gross Carrying
    Accumulated
    Net Carrying
 
    Amount     Amortization     Amount  
 
Purchased technology
  $ 102,466     $ (87,494 )   $ 14,972  
Trade name
    3,625       (3,056 )     569  
Customer Relationships
    5,243       (1,628 )     3,615  
                         
Totals
  $ 111,334     $ (92,178 )   $ 19,156  
                         
 
                         
    April 30, 2005  
    Gross Carrying
    Accumulated
    Net Carrying
 
    Amount     Amortization     Amount  
 
Purchased technology
  $ 105,831     $ (72,785 )   $ 33,046  
Trade name
    3,625       (2,465 )     1,160  
Customer Relationships
    3,714       (450 )     3,264  
                         
Totals
  $ 113,170     $ (75,700 )   $ 37,470  
                         
 
The amortization expense on these intangible assets for fiscal 2006 was $20.3 million compared to $23.4 million for fiscal 2005 and $19.8 million for fiscal 2004.
 
During the second fiscal quarter of 2005, the Company determined that the remaining intangible assets related to certain purchased passive optical technology, acquired from New Focus, Inc., in May 2002, were obsolete, and had a fair value of zero. Accordingly, an impairment charge of $3.7 million was recorded against the remaining net book value of these assets during the second quarter of fiscal 2005.
 
During the second quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company determined that the remaining intangible assets related to certain purchased optical amplifier technology acquired from Genoa Corporation in April 2003 and certain intangible assets related to passive optical technology acquired from Transwave Fiber, Inc., in May 2001, had been impaired and had a fair value of zero. Accordingly, an impairment charge of $853,000 was recorded against the remaining net book value of these assets in the optical subsystems and components reporting unit during the second quarter of fiscal 2006.
 
Estimated amortization expense for each of the next five fiscal years ending April 30, is as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
         
Year
  Amount  
 
2007
  $ 7,105  
2008
    5,851  
2009
    3,264  
2010
    1,594  
2011 and beyond
    1,342  
         
    $ 19,156  
         


71


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
4.   Investments
 
Unrestricted Securities
 
The following is a summary of the Company’s available-for-sale investments as of April 30, 2006 and 2005 (in thousands):
 
                                 
          Gross
    Gross
       
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Market
 
Investment Type
  Cost     Gain     Loss     Value  
 
As of April 30, 2006
                               
Debt:
                               
Corporate
    51,925       1       (357 )     51,569  
Government agency
    16,826             (160 )     16,666  
Mortgage-backed
    5,125       1       (54 )     5,072  
Municipal
    300             (7 )     293  
                                 
Total
    74,176       2       (578 )     73,600  
                                 
Reported as:
                               
Cash equivalents
    18,176             (1 )     18,175  
Short-term investments
    33,745       1       (239 )     33,507  
Long-term investments
    22,255       1       (338 )     21,918  
                                 
      74,176       2       (578 )     73,600  
                                 
As of April 30, 2005
                               
Debt:
                               
Corporate
    46,037       4       (242 )     45,799  
Government agency
    27,377             (198 )     27,179  
Mortgage-backed
    6,430       1       (61 )     6,370  
Municipal
    349                   349  
                                 
Total
    80,193       5       (501 )     79,697  
                                 
Reported as:
                               
Cash equivalents
    6,767             (1 )     6,766  
Short-term investments
    44,597       1       (140 )     44,458  
Long-term investments
    28,829       4       (360 )     28,473  
                                 
      80,193       5       (501 )     79,697  
                                 
 
The Company monitors its investment portfolio for impairment on a periodic basis in accordance with FASB Staff Position (FSP) FAS 115-1 The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments. In the event that the carrying value of an investment exceeds its fair value and the decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary, an impairment charge is recorded and a new cost basis for the investment is established. In order to determine whether a decline in value is other-than-temporary, the Company evaluates, among other factors: the duration and extent to which the fair value has been less than the carrying value; the Company’s financial condition and business outlook, including key operational and cash flow metrics, current market conditions and future trends in its industry; the Company’s relative competitive position within the industry; and the Company’s intent and ability to retain the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. The decline in value of these investments, shown in the table above as “Gross


72


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Unrealized Losses”, is primarily related to changes in interest rates and is considered to be temporary in nature. The Company has no investments that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for more than twelve months.
 
The following is a summary of the Company’s available-for-sale investments as of April 30, 2006 and 2005 by contractual maturity (in thousands):
 
                                 
    2006     2005  
    Amortized
    Market
    Amortized
    Market
 
    Cost     Value     Cost     Value  
 
Mature in less than one year
    50,005       49,788       49,027       48,898  
Mature in one to five years
    19,046       18,740       24,736       24,429  
Mature in various dates
    5,125       5,072       6,430       6,370  
                                 
      74,176       73,600       80,193       79,697  
                                 
 
The gross realized gains and losses for fiscal 2006 and 2005 were immaterial. Realized gains and losses were calculated based on the specific identification method.
 
Restricted Securities
 
The Company has purchased and pledged to a collateral agent, as security for the exclusive benefit of the holders of the 21/2% convertible subordinated notes, U.S. government securities, which will be sufficient upon receipt of scheduled principal and interest payments thereon, to provide for the payment in full of the first eight scheduled interest payments due on each series of notes. These restricted securities are classified as held to maturity and are held on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at amortized cost. The following table summarizes the Company’s restricted securities as of April 30, 2006 and April 30, 2005 (in thousands):
 
                         
          Gross
       
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Market
 
    Cost     Gain/(Loss)     Value  
 
As of April 30, 2006
                       
Government agency
  $ 5,520     $ (105 )   $ 5,415  
                         
Classified as:
                       
Short term — less than 1 year
    3,705       (51 )     3,654  
Long term — 1 to 3 years
    1,815       (54 )     1,761  
                         
Total
  $ 5,520     $ (105 )   $ 5,415  
                         
As of April 30, 2005
                       
Government agency
  $ 9,110     $ (143 )   $ 8,967  
                         
Classified as:
                       
Short term — less than 1 year
    3,717       (30 )     3,687  
Long term — 1 to 3 years
    5,393       (113 )     5,280  
                         
Total
  $ 9,110     $ (143 )   $ 8,967  
                         
 
5.   Minority Investments
 
Minority investments is comprised of several investments in other companies accounted for under the cost method and one investment in another company accounted for under the equity method.


73


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Cost Method Investments
 
Included in minority investments at April 30, 2006 is $11.3 million representing the carrying value of the Company’s minority investment in three privately held companies accounted for under the cost method. During the quarter ended July 31, 2005, the Company evaluated the valuation of a minority investment acquired on January 31, 2005 as part of the Infineon acquisition and determined the value of the investment to be zero. As a result, the Company reclassified the purchase price originally allocated to the investment to goodwill. Included in minority investments at April 30, 2005 is $15.4 million representing the carrying value of the Company’s minority investment in four privately held companies accounted for under the cost method. These four minority investments include a $1.0 million cash investment in and a $3.75 million convertible promissory note issued to CyOptics, Inc., which occurred during the second and fourth quarters of fiscal 2005 (see Note 12), and a $4.2 million investment in a private company, which was acquired through the acquisition of Infineon’s transceiver and transponder product line in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005. During fiscal 2006 and 2005, the Company recorded charges of $0.0 million and $10.0 million, respectively, for impairments in the value of these minority investments, which were recorded in other income (expense), net.
 
The Company’s investments in these early stage companies was primarily motivated by its desire to gain early access to new technology. The Company’s investments were passive in nature in that the Company generally did not obtain representation on the board of directors of the companies in which it invested. At the time the Company made its investments, in most cases the companies had not completed development of their products and the Company did not enter into any significant supply agreements with any of the companies in which it invested. The Company’s policy is to recognize an impairment in the value of its minority equity investments when clear evidence of an impairment exists, such as (a) the completion of a new equity financing that may indicate a new value for the investment, (b) the failure to complete a new equity financing arrangement after seeking to raise additional funds or (c) the commencement of proceedings under which the assets of the business may be placed in receivership or liquidated to satisfy the claims of debt and equity stakeholders.
 
Equity Method Investments
 
Included in minority investments is $3.8 million and $6.0 million at April 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively, representing the carrying value of the Company’s minority investment in one private company accounted for under the equity method. The Company had a 22.7% ownership interest in this company at April 30, 2006 compared to a 27% ownership interest at April 30, 2005. For fiscal 2006 and 2005, the Company recorded expenses of $2.1 million and $1.8 million, respectively, representing its share in the losses of this company, which were recorded in other income (expense), net.
 
6.   Inventories
 
Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    April 30,  
    2006     2005  
 
Raw materials
  $ 19,133     $ 12,657  
Work-in-process
    21,479       10,720  
Finished goods
    12,362       10,556  
                 
Total inventory
  $ 52,974     $ 33,933  
                 
 
In fiscal 2006, the Company recorded charges of $9.3 million for excess and obsolete inventory and sold inventory components that were written-off in prior periods of $3.6 million, resulting in a net charge to cost of revenues of $5.7 million. In fiscal 2005, the Company recorded charges of $11.3 million for excess and obsolete inventory and sold inventory components that were written-off in prior periods with an approximate original cost of


74


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

$9.3 million, resulting in a net charge to cost of sales of $2.0 million. In fiscal 2004, the Company recorded charges of $22.3 million for excess and obsolete inventory and sold inventory components that were written-off in prior periods with an approximate original cost of $17.9 million, resulting in a net charge to cost of revenues of $4.4 million.
 
The Company makes inventory commitment and purchase decisions based upon sales forecasts. To mitigate the component supply constraints that have existed in the past and to fill orders with non-standard configurations, the Company builds inventory levels for certain items with long lead times and enters into certain longer-term commitments for certain items. The Company permanently writes off 100% of the cost of inventory that is specifically identified and considered obsolete or excessive to fulfill future sales estimates. The Company defines obsolete inventory as inventory that will no longer be used in the manufacturing process. The Company periodically discards obsolete inventory. Excess inventory is generally defined as inventory in excess of projected usage, and is determined using the Company’s best estimate of future demand at the time, based upon information then available. In making these assessments, the Company is required to make judgments as to the future demand for current or committed inventory levels. The Company uses a 12-month demand forecast and in addition also considers:
 
  •  parts and subassemblies that can be used in alternative finished products;
 
  •  parts and subassemblies that are unlikely to be engineered out of our products; and
 
  •  known design changes which would reduce our ability to use the inventory as planned.
 
Significant differences between the Company’s estimates and judgments regarding future timing of product transitions, volume and mix of customer demand for the Company’s products and actual timing, volume and demand mix may result in additional write-offs in the future, or additional usage of previously written-off inventory in future periods for which the Company would benefit by a reduced cost of revenues in those future periods.
 
7.  Property, Equipment and Improvements
 
Property, equipment and improvements consist of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    April 30,  
    2006     2005  
 
Land
  $ 9,747     $ 9,747  
Buildings
    10,929       10,593  
Computer equipment
    34,149       31,674  
Office equipment, furniture and fixtures
    3,182       3,209  
Machinery and equipment
    118,327       108,899  
Leasehold improvements
    7,445       7,786  
Construction-in-process
    5,888       3,341  
                 
Total
    189,667       175,249  
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (107,442 )     (87,985 )
                 
Property, equipment and improvements (net)
  $ 82,225     $ 87,264  
                 
 
8.   Sale-leaseback and Impairment of Tangible Assets
 
During the quarter ended January 31, 2005, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $18.8 million to write down the carrying value of one of its corporate office facilities located in Sunnyvale, California upon entering into a sale-leaseback agreement. The property was written down to its appraised value, which was based on the work of an independent appraiser in conjunction with the sale-leaseback agreement. Due to retention by the Company of an option to acquire the leased properties at fair value at the end of the fifth year of the lease, the sale-leaseback


75


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

transaction was recorded in the Company’s fourth quarter ending April 30, 2005 as a financing transaction under which the sale will not be recorded until the option expires or is otherwise terminated. At April 30, 2006 and April 30, 2005, the carrying value of the financing liability, included in other long-term liabilities, was $12.0 million and $12.3 million, respectively and the current portion of the financing liability, included in the current portion of other long-term liabilities, was $300,000 and $200,000, respectively.
 
9.   Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement
 
On October 20, 2005, the Company entered into an amended letter of credit reimbursement agreement with Silicon Valley Bank that will be available to the Company through October 26, 2006. Under the terms of the amended agreement, Silicon Valley Bank is providing a $20 million letter of credit facility covering existing letters of credit issued by Silicon Valley Bank and any other letters of credit that may be required by the Company. The cost related to the credit facility consisted of a loan fee of 0.50% of the credit facility amount, or $100,000, plus the bank’s out of pocket expenses associated with the credit facility. The credit facility is unsecured with a negative pledge on all assets, including intellectual property. The negative pledge requires that the Company will not create a security in favor of a subsequent creditor without the approval of Silicon Valley Bank. The agreement requires the Company to maintain its primary banking and cash management relationships with Silicon Valley Bank or SVB Securities and to maintain a minimum unrestricted cash and cash equivalents balance, net of any outstanding debt and letters of credit exposure with Silicon Valley Bank, of $40 million at all times. At April 30, 2006 the Company was in compliance with all terms of this agreement. Outstanding letters of credit secured by this agreement at April 30, 2006 totaled $13.3 million.
 
10.   Non-recourse Accounts Receivable Purchase Agreement
 
On October 26, 2005, the Company entered into an amended non-recourse accounts receivable purchase agreement with Silicon Valley Bank that will be available to the Company through October 26, 2006. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company may sell to Silicon Valley Bank up to $20 million of qualifying receivables whereby all right, title and interest in the Company’s invoices are purchased by Silicon Valley Bank. In these non-recourse sales, the Company removes sold receivables from its books and records no liability related to the sale, as the Company has assessed that the sales should be accounted for as “true sales” in accordance with SFAS No. 140 Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities. The discount interest for the facility is based on the number of days in the discount period multiplied by Silicon Valley Bank’s prime rate plus 0.50% and a non-refundable administrative fee of 0.25% of the face amount of each invoice. During fiscal 2006 and 2005, the Company sold receivables totaling $15.5 million and $13.3 million, respectively.
 
11.   Commitments
 
The Company’s future commitments at April 30, 2006 include minimum payments under non-cancelable operating lease agreements, a lease commitment under a sale-leaseback agreement, non-cancelable purchase obligations, and non-cancelable purchase commitments as follows (in thousands):
 
                                                         
          Payments Due in Fiscal Year  
    Total     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     Thereafter  
 
Operating leases
  $ 6,262     $ 2,766     $ 1,186     $ 1,010     $ 953     $ 347     $  
Lease commitment under sale-leaseback agreement
    48,502       3,028       3,096       3,166       3,237       3,310       32,665  
Purchase obligations
    1,209       1,209                                
Purchase commitments
    2,600       975       975       650                    
                                                         
Total contractual obligations
  $ 58,573     $ 7,978     $ 5,257     $ 4,826     $ 4,190     $ 3,657     $ 32,665  
                                                         


76


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Rent expense under the non-cancelable operating leases was approximately $5.1 million in fiscal 2006, $4.6 million in fiscal 2005 and $2.9 million in fiscal 2004. The Company subleases a portion of its facilities that it considers to be in excess of its requirements. Sublease income was $221,000 in fiscal 2006, $20,000 in fiscal 2005 and $20,000 in fiscal 2004. Certain leases have scheduled rent increases which have been included in the above table. Other leases contain provisions to adjust rental rates for inflation during their terms, most of which are based on to-be-published indices. Rents subject to these adjustments are included in the above table based on current rates.
 
Purchase obligations consist of standby repurchase obligations and are related to materials purchased and held by subcontractors on behalf of the Company to fulfill the subcontractors’ purchase order obligations at their facilities. The Company’s purchase obligations of $1.2 million has been expensed and recorded on the balance sheet as non-cancelable purchase obligations as of April 30, 2006.
 
Purchase commitments relate to a supply agreement entered into with Honeywell International, Inc. in April 2006. This agreement requires the Company to purchase $2.6 million of products from them between April 2006 and December 2008.
 
12.   Convertible Debt
 
The Company’s convertible debt is summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
          Interest
    Due in
 
Description
  Amount     Rate     Fiscal Year  
 
Convertible subordinated notes due 2008
  $ 100,250       5.25%       2009  
Convertible subordinated notes due 2010
    150,000       2.50%       2011  
                         
    $ 250,250                  
                         
 
The Company’s convertible debt is due by fiscal year as follows (in thousands):
 
                                                         
          Fiscal Years Ended  
    Total     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     Thereafter  
 
Convertible notes
  $ 250,250     $     $     $ 100,250     $     $ 150,000     $  
 
As of April 30, 2006 and 2005, the fair value of the Company’s convertible subordinated debt based on quoted market prices was approximately $323.0 million and $206.6 million, respectively.
 
Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2008
 
On October 15, 2001, the Company sold $125 million aggregate principal amount of 51/4% convertible subordinated notes due October 15, 2008. Interest on the notes is 51/4% per year on the principal amount, payable semiannually on April 15 and October 15. The notes are convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time on or prior to maturity into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price of $5.52 per share, which is equal to a conversion rate of approximately 181.159 shares per $1,000 principal amount of notes. The conversion price is subject to adjustment. The notes may be redeemed by the Company for a cash payment of 102.25% of the principal amount on or after October 15, 2005, 101.50% of the principal amount on or after October 15, 2006 and 100.75% of the principal amount on or after October 15, 2007, together with accrued and unpaid interest.
 
Because the market value of the stock rose above the conversion price between the day the notes were priced and the day the proceeds were collected, the Company recorded a discount of $38.3 million related to the intrinsic value of the beneficial conversion feature. This amount is being amortized to interest expense over the life of the convertible notes, or sooner upon conversion. During fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company recorded interest expense amortization of $4.5 million, $4.3 million and $10.2 million, respectively.
 
The notes are subordinated to all of the Company’s existing and future senior indebtedness and effectively subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of its subsidiaries. Because the notes are


77


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

subordinated, in the event of bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution or acceleration of payment on the senior indebtedness, holders of the notes will not receive any payment until holders of the senior indebtedness have been paid in full. The indenture does not limit the incurrence by the Company or its subsidiaries of senior indebtedness or other indebtedness.
 
Upon a change in control of the Company, each holder of the notes may require the Company to repurchase some or all of the notes at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes plus accrued and unpaid interest. Instead of paying the change of control purchase price in cash the Company may, at its option, pay it in shares of the Company’s common stock valued at 95% of the average of the closing sales prices of its common stock for the five trading days immediately preceding and including the third trading day prior to the date the Company is required to repurchase the notes. The Company cannot pay the change in control purchase price in common stock unless the Company satisfies the conditions described in the indenture under which the notes have been issued.
 
The notes are represented by one or more global notes, deposited with the trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, and registered in the name of Cede & Co., DTC’s nominee. Beneficial interests in the global notes will be shown on, and transfers will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC and its participants. The notes are eligible for trading in the PORTAL market.
 
During fiscal 2004, the Company, in privately negotiated transactions, exchanged and repurchased $24.8 million in aggregate principal amount of its convertible notes due 2008 for 9,926,339 shares of the Company’s common stock and cash in the amount of $1.9 million. In connection with the exchanges and repurchases, the Company recorded additional non-cash interest expense of approximately $10.8 million representing the fair value of the incremental shares issued to induce the exchange and non-cash interest expense of approximately $5.8 million representing the remaining unamortized discount for the beneficial conversion feature related to the convertible notes exchanged and repurchased. In fiscal 2004, $684,000 of unamortized debt issue costs related to the convertible notes exchanged and repurchased was charged to additional paid-in capital, and $54,000 was charged to expense. There were no exchanges and repurchases related to these convertible notes in 2005 or 2006.
 
Unamortized debt issuance costs associated with this note were $1.3 million and $1.9 million at April 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Amortization of prepaid loan costs are classified as other income (expense), net on the consolidated statements of operations. Amortization of prepaid loan costs were $542,000 in fiscal 2006, $542,000 in 2005 and $569,000 in 2004.
 
Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2010
 
On October 15, 2003, the Company sold $150 million aggregate principal amount of 21/2% convertible subordinated notes due October 15, 2010. Interest on the notes is 21/2% per year, payable semiannually on April 15 and October 15, beginning on April 15, 2004. The notes are convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time on or prior to maturity into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price of $3.705 per share, which is equal to a conversion rate of approximately 269.9055 shares per $1,000 principal amount of notes. The conversion price is subject to adjustment.
 
At issuance of the notes the Company purchased and pledged to a collateral agent, as security for the exclusive benefit of the holders of the notes, approximately $14.4 million of U.S. government securities, which will be sufficient upon receipt of scheduled principal and interest payments thereon, to provide for the payment in full of the first eight scheduled interest payments due on the notes. At April 30, 2006 and 2005, approximately $5.5 million and $9.1 million, respectively, of U.S. government securities remained pledged as security for the note holders.
 
The notes are subordinated to all of the Company’s existing and future senior indebtedness and effectively subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of its subsidiaries. Because the notes are subordinated, in the event of bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution or acceleration of payment on the senior indebtedness, holders of the notes will not receive any payment until holders of the senior indebtedness have


78


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

been paid in full. The indenture does not limit the incurrence by the Company or its subsidiaries of senior indebtedness or other indebtedness. The Company may redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at any time on or after October 15, 2007 up to, but not including, the maturity date at specified redemption prices, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if the closing price of the Company’s common stock exceeds $5.56 per share for at least 20 trading days within a period of 30 consecutive trading days.
 
Upon a change in control of the Company, or on October 15, 2007, each holder of the notes may require the Company to repurchase some or all of the notes at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Company may, at its option, pay all or a portion of the repurchase price in shares of the Company’s common stock valued at 95% of the average of the closing sales prices of its common stock for the five trading days immediately preceding and including the third trading day prior to the date the Company is required to repurchase the notes. The Company cannot pay the repurchase price in common stock unless the Company satisfies the conditions described in the indenture under which the notes have been issued.
 
The notes were issued in fully registered form and are represented by one or more global notes, deposited with the trustee as custodian for DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co., DTC’s nominee. Beneficial interests in the global notes will be shown on, and transfers will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC and its participants.
 
The Company has agreed to use its best efforts to file a shelf registration statement covering the notes and the common stock issuable upon conversion of the stock and keep such registration statement effective until two years after the latest date on which the Company issued notes in the offering (or such earlier date when the holders of the notes and the common stock issuable upon conversion of the notes are able to sell their securities immediately pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act). If the Company does not comply with these registration obligations, the Company will be required to pay liquidated damages to the holders of the notes or the common stock issuable upon conversion. The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale by any selling security holders of the notes or the underlying common stock. A registration statement covering the notes and the common stock issuable upon conversion thereof was declared effective in February 2004. In November 2005, the Company de-registered all of the shares under this shelf registration.
 
Unamortized debt issuance costs associated with this note were $3.1 million and $3.8 million at April 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Amortization of prepaid loan costs are classified as Other Income (Expense), Net on the consolidated statement of operations. Amortization of prepaid loan costs were $702,000 in fiscal 2006, $707,000 in fiscal 2005 and $376,000 in fiscal 2004.
 
Convertible Note — Acquisition of Assets of Data Transit Corp.
 
On August 6, 2004, the Company completed the purchase of substantially all of the assets of Data Transit Corp. in exchange for a cash payment of $500,000 and the issuance of a convertible promissory note in the original principal amount of $16.3 million. Transaction costs totaled $682,000. The principal balance of the note bore interest at 8% per annum and was due and payable, if not earlier converted, on the second anniversary of its issuance. Generally, the terms of the convertible promissory note provided for automatic conversion of the outstanding principal and interest into shares of Finisar common stock on a biweekly basis, commencing on the later of the effectiveness of a registration statement covering the resale of the shares or one year after the closing date. The conversion price was the average closing bid price of the stock for the three days preceding the date of conversion. The amount of principal and interest converted on each conversion date was based on the average trading volume of our common stock over the preceding 14 days.
 
During the first quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company issued 5,144,609 shares of common stock upon the conversion of $4.2 million of principal and $1.1 million of interest related to this convertible promissory note. During the second quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company issued 9,938,256 shares of common stock upon the


79


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

conversion of $12.1 million of principal and $191,000 of interest related to this convertible promissory note. As of April 30, 2006, all of the principal and interest on this note had been converted into shares of common stock.
 
Convertible Note — Acquisition of I-TECH Corp.
 
On April 8, 2005, the Company completed the acquisition of I-TECH CORP, a privately-held network test and monitoring company, in exchange for the issuance of two promissory notes to the sole holder of I-TECH’s common stock. The promissory notes, which had an aggregate principal amount of approximately $12.1 million and an interest rate of 3.35%, were convertible into shares of Finisar common stock upon the occurrence of certain events and at the election of the Company and the holder of the notes.
 
During the first quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company issued 9,834,541 shares of common stock upon the conversion of $11.1 million of principal and $65,000 of interest related to one of these convertible promissory notes resulting in the complete conversion of the note. During the third quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company issued 99,860 shares of common stock upon the conversion of $157,000 of principal and $22,000 of interest related to the remaining promissory note. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company issued 173,149 shares of common stock upon the conversion of $843,000 of principal and $9,000 of interest related to the remaining promissory note. As of April 30, 2006, all of the principal and interest on these notes had been converted into shares of common stock.
 
Convertible Note — Minority Investment in CyOptics, Inc.
 
On April 29, 2005, the Company entered into a Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) with CyOptics, Inc. Pursuant to the SPA, the Company issued a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of approximately $3.8 million and an interest rate of 3.35% as consideration for the purchase of 24,298,580 shares of CyOptics Series F Preferred Stock.
 
The terms of the note provided for four weekly conversions of equal portions of the outstanding principal of the note into shares of our common stock, commencing on June 14, 2005. The number of shares to be issued upon each conversion was determined by dividing the amount converted by the average closing bid price of the Company’s common stock for either (i) the four trading days immediately prior to the conversion, or (ii) the trading day prior to the conversion, as selected by the holder of the note.
 
During the first quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company issued 3,594,607 shares of common stock upon the conversion of the full $3.8 million of principal and $19,000 of interest related to this convertible promissory note. As of April 30, 2006, all of the principal and interest on this note had been converted into shares of common stock.
 
13.   Installment Loan
 
In December 2005, the Company entered into a note and security agreement with a financial institution. Under this agreement, the Company borrowed $9.9 million at an interest rate of 5.9% per annum. The note is payable in 60 equal monthly installments beginning in January 2006 and is secured by certain property and equipment of the Company. The Company’s bank issued an irrevocable transferable standby letter of credit in the amount of $9.9 million for the benefit of the lender under the letter of credit facility described in Note 9. At April 30, 2006, the remaining principal balance outstanding under this note was $9.3 million.
 
14.   Stockholders’ Equity
 
Common Stock and Preferred Stock
 
As of April 30, 2006, Finisar is authorized to issue 750,000,000 shares of $0.001 par value common stock and 5,000,000 shares of $0.001 par value preferred stock. The board of directors has the authority to issue the undesignated preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions


80


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

thereof. The holder of each share of common stock has the right to one vote and is entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company has never declared or paid dividends on its common stock.
 
Common stock subject to future issuance as of April 30, 2006 is as follows:
 
         
Conversion of convertible notes
    58,647,062  
Exercise of outstanding warrants
    470,705  
Exercise of outstanding options
    41,849,962  
Available for grant under stock option plans
    20,067,862  
Reserved for issuance under the employee stock purchase plan
    9,920,122  
         
      130,955,713  
         
 
Warrants
 
In connection with the acquisition of Shomiti Systems, Inc. (“Shomiti”) in fiscal 2001, the Company assumed warrants to purchase stock of Shomiti. Upon completion of the acquisition, these warrants entitled the holders to purchase 10,153 shares of Finisar common stock at an exercise price of $11.49 per share. The warrants expire at various dates through 2007. None of the warrants have been exercised to date.
 
In conjunction with the acquisition of Genoa in fiscal 2003, the Company assumed warrants to purchase stock of Genoa and issued warrants to purchase stock of Finisar. The assumed warrants entitle the holders to purchase 29,766 shares of Finisar common stock at an exercise price of $15.25 per share and expire at various dates through 2011. None of the assumed warrants have been exercised to date. The warrants issued by the Company entitle the holders to purchase 999,835 shares of Finisar common stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share and expire at various dates through 2011. During fiscal 2006, 2005, and 2004, warrants issued by the Company to purchase 471,627, 21,845, and 75,577 shares of Finisar common stock were exercised, respectively. At April 30, 2006, warrants to purchase 430,786 shares of Finisar common stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share were still outstanding.
 
Preferred Stock
 
The Company has authority to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value. The preferred stock may be issued in one or more series having such rights, preferences and privileges as may be designated by the Company’s board of directors. In September 2002, the Company’s board of directors designated 500,000 shares of its preferred stock as Series RP Preferred Stock, which is reserved for issuance under the Company’s stockholder rights plan described below. As of April 30, 2006 and 2005, no shares of the Company’s preferred stock were issued and outstanding.
 
Stockholder Rights Plan
 
In September 2002, Finisar’s board of directors adopted a stockholder rights plan. Under the rights plan, stockholders received one share purchase right for each share of Finisar common stock held. The rights, which will initially trade with the common stock, effectively allow Finisar stockholders to acquire Finisar common stock at a discount from the then current market value when a person or group acquires 20% or more of Finisar’s common stock without prior board approval. When the rights become exercisable, Finisar stockholders, other than the acquirer, become entitled to exercise the rights, at an exercise price of $14.00 per right, for the purchase of one-thousandth of a share of Finisar Series RP Preferred Stock or, in lieu of the purchase of Series RP Preferred Stock, Finisar common stock having a market value of twice the exercise price of the rights. Alternatively, when the rights become exercisable, the board of directors may authorize the issuance of one share of Finisar common stock in exchange for each right that is then exercisable. In addition, in the event of certain business combinations, the rights


81


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

permit the purchase of the common stock of an acquirer at a 50% discount. Rights held by the acquirer will become null and void in each case. Prior to a person or group acquiring 20%, the rights can be redeemed for $0.001 each by action of the board of directors.
 
The rights plan contains an exception to the 20% ownership threshold for Finisar’s founder, former Chairman of the Board and former Chief Technical Officer, Frank H. Levinson. Under the terms of the rights plan, Dr. Levinson and certain related persons and trusts are permitted to acquire additional shares of Finisar common stock up to an aggregate amount of 30% of Finisar’s outstanding common stock, without prior Board approval.
 
1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
Finisar’s 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan was adopted by the board of directors and approved by the stockholders in September 1999. Amendments to the plan, including the adoption of an International Employee Stock Purchase Plan within the authorized limits of the plan, were adopted by the board of directors in March 2005 and approved by the stockholders in May 2005. A total of 13,750,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the plan, cumulatively increased by 1,000,000 shares on May 1, 2005 and each May 1 thereafter through May 1, 2010. Employees, including officers and employee directors, are eligible to participate in the plan if they are employed by Finisar for more than 20 hours per week, more than five months in any calendar year, and own less than 5% of the Company. The plan is implemented during sequential 12-month offering periods, generally commencing on or about December 16 of each year. In addition, a six-month offering period will generally commence on June 16 of each year.
 
The employee stock purchase plan permits eligible employees to purchase Finisar common stock through payroll deductions, which may not exceed 20% of the employee’s total compensation. Stock may be purchased under the plan at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of Finisar common stock on either the first or the last day of the offering period, whichever is lower.
 
Stock Option Plans
 
As discussed in Note 1 and as permitted under SFAS No. 123, Finisar has elected to follow APB Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations in accounting for stock-based awards to employees.
 
During fiscal 1989, Finisar adopted the 1989 Stock Option Plan (the “1989 Plan”). The 1989 Plan expired in April 1999 and no further option grants have been made under the 1989 Plan since that time. Options granted under the 1989 Plan had an exercise price of not less than 85% of the fair value of a share of common stock on the date of grant (110% of the fair value in certain instances) as determined by the board of directors. Options generally vested over five years and had a maximum term of 10 years.
 
Finisar’s 1999 Stock Option Plan was adopted by the board of directors and approved by the stockholders in September 1999. An amendment and restatement of the 1999 Stock Option Plan, including renaming it the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2005 Plan”), was approved by the board of directors in September 2005 and by the stockholders in October 2005. A total of 21,000,000 shares of common stock were initially reserved for issuance under the 2005 Plan. The share reserve automatically increases on May 1 of each calendar year (commencing May 1, 2001) by a number of shares equal to 5% of the number of shares of Finisar’s common stock issued and outstanding as of the immediately preceding April 30, subject to certain restrictions on the aggregate maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to incentive stock options. The types of stock-based awards available under the 2005 Plan includes stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards which vest upon the attainment of designated performance goals or the satisfaction of specified service requirements or, in the case of certain restricted stock units or other stock-based awards, become payable upon the expiration of a designated time period following such vesting events. To date, only stock options have been granted under the 2005 Plan. Options generally vest over five years and have a maximum term of 10 years. All options


82


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

granted under the 2005 Plan are immediately exercisable. As of April 30, 2006 and 2005, 3,700 shares and zero shares, respectively, were subject to repurchase.
 
A summary of activity under the 1989 Plan and the 2005 Plan is as follows:
 
                                 
    Options Available
    Options Outstanding  
    for Grant                 Weighted-Average
 
Options for Common Stock
  Number of Shares     Number of Shares     Price per Share     Exercise Price  
 
Balance at April 30, 2003
    18,193,407       26,214,173     $ 0.04 - $22.50     $ 3.31  
                                 
Increase in authorized shares
    7,500,000                    
Options granted
    (25,028,803 )     25,028,803     $ 1.79 - $ 3.26     $ 1.95  
Options exercised
          (3,468,165 )   $ 0.04 - $ 4.00     $ 1.39  
Options canceled
    4,201,787       (4,201,787 )   $ 0.16 - $22.13     $ 3.60  
                                 
Balance at April 30, 2004
    4,866,391       43,573,024     $ 0.04 - $22.50     $ 2.66  
                                 
Increase in authorized shares
    11,142,516                    
Options granted
    (14,797,398 )     14,797,398     $ 1.13 - $ 1.92     $ 1.31  
Options exercised
          (1,662,577 )   $ 0.04 - $ 1.80     $ 0.87  
Options canceled
    7,911,103       (7,911,103 )   $ 0.16 - $22.13     $ 2.55  
Shares repurchased
    30,000           $ 0.47 - $ 0.47     $ 0.47  
Options expired
    (12,940 )         $ 0.16 - $ 4.02     $ 1.68  
                                 
Balance at April 30, 2005
    9,139,672       48,796,742     $ 0.04 - $22.50     $ 2.33  
                                 
Increase in authorized shares
    12,946,564                    
Options granted
    (11,275,720 )     11,275,720     $ 1.03 - $ 4.81     $ 1.74  
Options exercised
          (8,965,154 )   $ 0.04 - $ 3.84     $ 1.43  
Options canceled
    9,257,346       (9,257,346 )   $ 0.16 - $22.13     $ 2.42  
                                 
Balance at April 30, 2006
    20,067,862       41,849,962     $ 0.05 - $22.50     $ 2.34  
                                 


83


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
The following table summarizes information about options outstanding at April 30, 2006:
 
                                         
    Options Outstanding     Options Exercisable  
          Weighted-Average
                   
Range of
  Number
    Remaining
    Weighted-Average
    Number
    Weighted-Average
 
Exercise Prices
  Outstanding     Contractual Life     Exercise Price     Exercisable     Exercise Price  
          (In years)                    
 
$0.05 - $1.13
    3,394,616       7.92     $ 0.95       985,316     $ 0.81  
$1.15 - $1.15
    4,788,521       8.30     $ 1.15       1,129,364     $ 1.15  
$1.18 - $1.47
    4,546,141       8.46     $ 1.34       797,840     $ 1.44  
$1.48 - $1.73
    4,729,676       6.21     $ 1.58       3,339,226     $ 1.58  
$1.76 - $1.78
    5,426,950       9.57     $ 1.76       789,030     $ 1.76  
$1.79 - $1.79
    4,586,031       7.51     $ 1.79       1,960,631     $ 1.79  
$1.80 - $1.80
    4,860,284       7.27     $ 1.80       3,778,425     $ 1.80  
$1.835 - $3.40
    5,456,511       7.82     $ 2.41       1,863,111     $ 2.51  
$3.67 - $12.63
    3,158,277       5.94     $ 5.18       2,257,009     $ 5.56  
$19.11 - $22.50
    902,955       4.22     $ 21.71       896,355     $ 21.72  
                                         
      41,849,962       7.68     $ 2.34       17,796,307     $ 3.20  
                                         
 
The weighted-average fair value of options granted for common stock was $1.13 during fiscal 2006 and $0.92 during fiscal 2005.
 
Option Exchange Program
 
In November 2002, the Company’s board of directors approved a voluntary stock option exchange program for eligible option holders. Under the program, eligible holders of the Company’s options who elected to participate had the opportunity to tender for cancellation outstanding options in exchange for new options to be granted on a future date at least six months and one day after the date of cancellation. Members of the Company’s board of directors were not eligible to participate in the program. The option exchange program terminated on December 17, 2002. As of that date, holders of options to purchase an aggregate of 11,816,890 shares of common stock tendered their shares for cancellation.
 
On June 19, 2003, new options to purchase an aggregate of 11,144,690 shares of common stock were granted at an exercise price of $1.80 per share, the closing price for the Company’s common stock on that date. Each new option preserves the vesting schedule and the vesting commencement date of the option it replaced. The Company did not record any accounting charges as a result of this stock option exchange program.
 
Restricted Shares Issued for Promissory Notes
 
Certain employees have exercised options to purchase shares of common stock in exchange for promissory notes. The shares are restricted and are subject to a right of repurchase at the original exercise price in favor of the Company. This repurchase right lapses in accordance with the original vesting schedule of the option, which is generally five years. During 2005, all of these outstanding promissory notes were repaid to the Company. The amendments to the 2005 Plan adopted in fiscal 2006 eliminated the ability to deliver promissory notes as payment of the exercise price of options.
 
Deferred Stock Compensation
 
In connection with the grant of certain stock options to employees, Finisar recorded deferred stock compensation prior to the Company’s initial public offering, representing the difference between the deemed value of the Company’s common stock for accounting purposes and the option exercise price of these options at the date of


84


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

grant. During fiscal 2001 and fiscal 2002, the Company recorded additional deferred compensation related to the assumptions of stock options associated with companies acquired during those years Deferred stock compensation is initially recorded as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. Graded amortization is recorded to expense over the five year vesting period. The amortization expense relates to options awarded to employees in all operating expense categories. The following table summarizes additions and adjustments to deferred stock compensation and amortization of deferred stock compensation to expense by fiscal year. As of April 30, 2005, all deferred stock compensation generated had been fully amortized.
 
                 
    Deferred Stock
       
    Compensation
    Amortization
 
    Generated     Expense  
 
Fiscal year ended April 30, 1999
  $ 2,403     $ 427  
Fiscal year ended April 30, 2000
    12,959       5,530  
Fiscal year ended April 30, 2001
    21,217       13,543  
Fiscal year ended April 30, 2002
    1,065       11,963  
Fiscal year ended April 30, 2003
    (6,855 )     (1,719 )
Fiscal year ended April 30, 2004
    (988 )     (105 )
Fiscal year ended April 30, 2005
          162  
                 
Total
  $ 29,801     $ 29,801  
                 
 
15.   Employee Benefit Plan
 
The company maintains a defined contribution retirement plan under the provision of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code which covers all eligible employees. Employees are eligible to participate in the plan on the first day of the month immediately following twelve months of service with Finisar.
 
Under the plan, each participant may contribute up to 20% of his or her pre-tax gross compensation up to a statutory limit, which was $15,000 for calendar year 2006. All amounts contributed by participants and earnings on participant contributions are fully vested at all times. Finisar may contribute an amount equal to one-half of the first 6% of each participant’s contribution. The Company’s expenses related to this plan were $949,000, $906,000 and $882,000 for fiscal years ended April 30, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
 
16.   Income Taxes
 
The components of income tax expense consist of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
    Fiscal Years Ended April 30,  
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Current:
                       
Federal
  $     $     $  
State
          (64 )     319  
Foreign
    80       (712 )     15  
                         
      80       (776 )     334  
Deferred:
                       
Federal
    2,132       1,500        
State
    289       132        
                         
      2,421       1,632        
                         
Provision for income taxes
  $ 2,501     $ 856     $ 334  
                         


85


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Loss before income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
    Fiscal Years Ended April 30,  
    2006     2005     2004  
 
U.S. 
  $ (27,359 )   $ (105,735 )   $ (95,376 )
Foreign
    4,941       (7,516 )     (18,123 )
                         
    $ (22,418 )   $ (113,251 )   $ (113,499 )
                         
 
A reconciliation of the income tax provision at the federal statutory rate and the effective rate is as follows:
 
                         
    Fiscal Years Ended April 30,  
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Expected income tax provision (benefit) at U.S. federal statutory rate
    (35.00 )%     (35.00 )%     (35.00 )%
Deferred compensation
          0.05       (0.03 )
Non-deductible interest
    7.07       4.47        
Valuation Allowance
    45.69       29.65       29.49  
Foreign (income) taxed at different rates
    (7.00 )            
Foreign loss with no tax benefit
          2.19       5.48  
Other
    0.40       (0.60 )     0.35  
                         
      11.16 %     0.76 %     0.29 %
                         
 
The components of deferred taxes consist of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
    Fiscal Years Ended April 30,  
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Deferred tax assets:
                       
Inventory reserve
  $ 5,675     $ 4,898     $ 7,150  
Accruals and reserves
    9,328       8,232       13,260  
Tax credits
    16,109       17,123       6,611  
Net operating loss carryforwards
    157,617       139,410       115,486  
Gain/loss on investments under equity or cost method
    12,450       11,085        
Depreciation and amortization
    344       2,999        
Purchase accounting for intangible assets
    9,202       2,282        
                         
Total deferred tax assets
    210,725       186,029       142,507  
Valuation allowance
    (210,725 )     (186,029 )     (128,230 )
                         
Net deferred tax assets
                14,277  
Deferred tax liabilities:
                       
Acquired intangibles
    (4,053 )     (1,632 )     (10,909 )
Tax depreciation over book depreciation
                (3,368 )
                         
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (4,053 )     (1,632 )     (14,277 )
                         
Total net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
  $ (4,053 )   $ (1,632 )   $  
                         
 
The Company’s valuation allowance increased from the prior year by approximately $24.7 million, $57.8 million, and $28.1 million in fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.


86


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Approximately $18.1 million of the valuation allowance at April 30, 2006 is attributable to stock option deductions, the benefit of which will be credited to additional paid-in-capital when realized. Approximately $14.5 million of the valuation allowance at April 30, 2006 is attributable to acquired tax attributes that, when realized, will first reduce unamortized goodwill, next other non-current intangible assets of acquired subsidiaries, and then income tax expense.
 
A deferred tax liability has been established to reflect tax amortization of goodwill for which no financial statement amortization has occurred under generally accepted accounting principles, as promulgated by SFAS 142.
 
At April 30, 2006, the Company had federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $422.1 million, $168.2 million and $0.9 million, respectively, and federal and state tax credit carryforwards of approximately $10.3 million, and $9.0 million, respectively. The net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in 2009, if not utilized. Utilization of the Company’s net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations set forth in Internal Revenue Code Section 382 and similar state provisions. Such an annual limitation could result in the expiration of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards before utilization.
 
The Company’s manufacturing operations in Malaysia operate under a tax holiday which expires in fiscal 2011. This tax holiday has had no effect on the Company’s net loss and net loss per share in fiscal 2004, 2005, and 2006 due to net operating losses sustained in fiscal 2004 and 2005 and net operating loss carryforwards realized in fiscal 2006.
 
17.   Segments and Geographic Information
 
The Company designs, develops, manufactures and markets optical subsystems, components and test and monitoring systems for high-speed data communications. The Company views its business as having two principal operating segments, consisting of optical subsystems and components and network test and monitoring systems.
 
Optical subsystems consist primarily of transceivers sold to manufacturers of storage and networking equipment for storage area networks (SANs) and local area networks (LANs), and metropolitan access networks (MAN) applications. Optical subsystems also include multiplexers, de-multiplexers and optical add/drop modules for use in MAN applications. Optical components consist primarily of packaged lasers and photo-detectors which are incorporated in transceivers, primarily for LAN and SAN applications. Network test and monitoring systems include products designed to test the reliability and performance of equipment for a variety of protocols including Fibre Channel, Gigabit Ethernet, 10 Gigabit Ethernet, iSCSI, SAS and SATA. These test and monitoring systems are sold to both manufacturers and end-users of the equipment.
 
Both of the Company’s operating segments and its corporate sales function report to the President and Chief Executive Officer. Where appropriate, the Company charges specific costs to these segments where they can be identified and allocates certain manufacturing costs, research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative costs to these operating segments, primarily on the basis of manpower levels or a percentage of sales. The Company does not allocate income taxes, non-operating income, acquisition related costs, stock compensation, interest income and interest expense to its operating segments. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. There are no intersegment sales.


87


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Information about reportable segment revenues and income are as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Fiscal Years Ended April 30,  
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Revenues:
                       
Optical subsystems and components
  $ 325,956     $ 241,582     $ 160,025  
Network test and monitoring systems
    38,337       39,241       25,593  
                         
Total revenues
  $ 364,293     $ 280,823     $ 185,618  
                         
Depreciation and amortization expense:
                       
Optical subsystems and components
  $ 32,929     $ 28,157     $ 30,116  
Network test and monitoring systems
    1,512       935       400  
                         
Total depreciation and amortization expense
  $ 34,441     $ 29,092     $ 30,516  
                         
Operating income (loss):
                       
Optical subsystems and components
  $ 4,397     $ (34,417 )   $ (54,250 )
Network test and monitoring systems
    (466 )     (6,347 )     (2,711 )
                         
Total operating income (loss)
    3,931       (40,764 )     (56,961 )
                         
Unallocated amounts:
                       
Amortization of acquired developed technology
    (17,671 )     (22,268 )     (19,239 )
Amortization of deferred stock compensation
          (162 )     105  
In-process research and development
          (1,558 )     (6,180 )
Amortization of other intangibles
    (1,747 )     (1,104 )     (572 )
Impairment of assets
          (18,798 )      
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
    (853 )     (3,656 )      
Restructuring costs
    (3,064 )     (287 )     (382 )
Other acquisition costs
                (222 )
Interest income (expense), net
    (12,360 )     (12,072 )     (25,701 )
Other non-operating income (expense), net
    9,346       (12,582 )     (4,347 )
                         
Total unallocated amounts
    (26,349 )     (72,487 )     (56,538 )
                         
Loss before income tax
  $ (22,418 )   $ (113,251 )   $ (113,499 )
                         
 
The following is a summary of total assets by segment (in thousands):
 
                 
    Fiscal Years Ended April 30,  
    2006     2005  
 
Optical subsystems and components
  $ 349,235     $ 342,968  
Network test and monitoring systems
    72,422       71,535  
Other assets
    84,217       72,085  
                 
    $ 505,874     $ 486,588  
                 
 
Cash, short-term, restricted and minority investments are the primary components of other assets in the above table.


88


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
The following is a summary of operations within geographic areas based on the location of the entity purchasing the Company’s products (in thousands):
 
                         
    Fiscal Years Ended April 30,  
    2006     2005     2004  
 
Revenues from sales to unaffiliated customers:
                       
United States
  $ 202,962     $ 184,829     $ 136,504  
Rest of the world
    161,331       95,994       49,114  
                         
    $ 364,293     $ 280,823     $ 185,618  
                         
 
Revenues generated in the U.S. are all from sales to customers located in the United States.
 
The following is a summary of long-lived assets within geographic areas based on the location of the assets (in thousands):
 
                 
    Fiscal Years Ended
 
    April 30,  
    2006     2005  
 
Long-lived assets
               
United States
  $ 233,498     $ 258,345  
Malaysia
    21,649       23,415  
Rest of the world
    2,984       2,139  
                 
    $ 258,131     $ 283,899  
                 
 
The following is a summary of capital expenditure by reportable segment (in thousands):
 
                 
    Fiscal Years Ended
 
    April 30,  
    2006     2005  
 
Optical subsystems and components
  $ 22,747     $ 20,551  
Network test and monitoring systems
    140       651  
                 
Total capital expenditures
  $ 22,887     $ 21,202  
                 
 
18.   Pending Litigation
 
A securities class action lawsuit was filed on November 30, 2001 in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, purportedly on behalf of all persons who purchased the Company’s common stock from November 17, 1999 through December 6, 2000. The complaint named as defendants Finisar, Jerry S. Rawls, its President and Chief Executive Officer, Frank H. Levinson, its former Chairman of the Board and Chief Technical Officer, Stephen K. Workman, its Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, and an investment banking firm that served as an underwriter for its initial public offering in November 1999 and a secondary offering in April 2000. The complaint, as subsequently amended, alleges violations of Sections 11 and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Sections 10(b) and 20(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, on the grounds that the prospectuses incorporated in the registration statements for the offerings failed to disclose, among other things, that (i) the underwriter had solicited and received excessive and undisclosed commissions from certain investors in exchange for which the underwriter allocated to those investors material portions of the shares of its stock sold in the offerings and (ii) the underwriter had entered into agreements with customers whereby the underwriter agreed to allocate shares of its stock sold in the offerings to those customers in exchange for which the customers agreed to purchase additional shares of its stock in the aftermarket at pre-determined prices. No specific damages are claimed. Similar allegations have been made in lawsuits relating to more than 300 other initial public offerings conducted in 1999


89


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

and 2000, which were consolidated for pretrial purposes. In October 2002, all claims against the individual defendants were dismissed without prejudice. On February 19, 2003, the Court denied defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint. In July 2004, the Company and the individual defendants accepted a settlement proposal made to all of the issuer defendants. Under the terms of the settlement, the plaintiffs will dismiss and release all claims against participating defendants in exchange for a contingent payment guaranty by the insurance companies collectively responsible for insuring the issuers in all related cases, and the assignment or surrender to the plaintiffs of certain claims the issuer defendants may have against the underwriters. Under the guaranty, the insurers will be required to pay the amount, if any, by which $1 billion exceeds the aggregate amount ultimately collected by the plaintiffs from the underwriter defendants in all the cases. If the plaintiffs fail to recover $1 billion and payment is required under the guaranty, the Company would be responsible to pay its pro rata portion of the shortfall, up to the amount of the self-insured retention under its insurance policy, which may be up to $2 million. The timing and amount of payments that the Company could be required to make under the proposed settlement will depend on several factors, principally the timing and amount of any payment that the insurers may be required to make pursuant to the $1 billion guaranty. The settlement is subject to approval of the Court. The Court held hearings on April 13, 2005 and September 6, 2005 to determine the final form, substance and program of class notice and the scheduling of a fairness hearing to consider final approval of the settlement. Subsequently, the Court held a hearing on April 24, 2006 to consider final approval of the settlement and has yet to issue a decision. If the settlement is not approved by the Court, the Company intends to defend the lawsuit vigorously. Because of the inherent uncertainty of litigation, however, the Company cannot predict its outcome. If, as a result of this dispute, the Company is required to pay significant monetary damages, its business would be substantially harmed.
 
On April 4, 2005, the Company filed an action for patent infringement in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas against the DirecTV Group, Inc.; DirecTV Holdings, LLC; DirecTV Enterprises, LLC; DirecTV Operations, LLC; DirecTV, Inc.; and Hughes Network Systems, Inc. (collectively, “DirecTV”). The lawsuit involves the Company’s U.S. Patent No. 5,404,505, which relates to technology used in information transmission systems to provide access to a large database of information. On June 23, 2006, following a jury trial, the jury returned a verdict that the Company’s patent has been willfully infringed and awarded the Company damages of $78,920,250.25. In a post-trial hearing held on July 6, 2006, the Court determined that, due to DirecTV’s willful infringement, those damages would be enhanced by an additional $25 million. Further, the Court awarded the Company pre-judgment interest on the jury’s verdict in the amount of 6% compounded annually from April 4, 1999, amounting to about $13.4 million. Finally, the Court awarded the Company costs associated with the litigation, exclusive of attorneys’ fees. The Court denied the Company’s motion for injunctive relief, but ordered DirecTV to pay a compulsory ongoing license fee to the Company at the rate of $1.60 per set-top box through the duration of the patent, which expires in April 2012. During the hearing, the Court also denied all pending motions not previously ruled on, including DirecTV’s motions requesting the Court to set aside or reverse the jury verdict. The Court entered final judgment in favor of the Company and against DirecTV on July 7, 2006. DirecTV has indicated in post-trial press releases that it intends to appeal the decision.
 
On September 6, 2005, the Company filed an action in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware against Agilent Technologies, Inc. (“Agilent”). The lawsuit alleged that Agilent willfully infringed the Company’s U.S. Patents No. 5,019,769 and No. 6,941,077, relating to its digital diagnostics technology, by developing, manufacturing, using, importing, selling and/or offering to sell optoelectronic transceivers that embody one or more of the claims of the patents. The complaint sought damages for lost profits of at least $1.1 billion based on Agilent’s sales of infringing products. The Company also sought to treble those damages based on the willful nature of Agilent’s infringement and to obtain an injunction against future infringement. On October 24, 2005, the Company filed an amended complaint adding allegations of infringement of its U.S. Patents No. 6,952,531 and No. 6,957,021, two patents that also relate to its digital diagnostic technology. On December 7, 2005, Agilent answered the complaint denying infringement and asserting patent invalidity. The Court had set a trial date of September 4, 2007. In July 2006, the Company, on the one hand, and Agilent and Verigy Pte. Ltd. (a Singaporean corporation created from Agilent’s semiconductor test business after the suit began), on the other hand, reached a


90


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

settlement agreement, which included a cross-covenant not to sue the other parties for infringement of fiber optic patents in their respective portfolios. Under terms of the settlement, the parties agreed to dismiss the suit and countersuit.
 
On February 22, 2006, Avago Technologies General IP Pte. Ltd. and Avago Technologies Fiber IP Pte. Ltd., both Singaporean corporations, filed suit against the Company in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, alleging that the Company’s short-wavelength optoelectronic transceivers infringe U.S. Patents Nos. 5,359,447 and 5,761,229. The Avago entities were created as a result of the acquisition of Agilent’s Semiconductor Products Group (which included Agilent’s optoelectronic transceiver business) by Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., Silver Lake Partners, and others. The complaint sought damages for willful infringement, injunctive relief, prejudgment interest, and attorneys’ fees. Without ever having served the complaint on the Company, the Avago entities dismissed their suit without prejudice on March 2, 2006. The Company believes that the allegations by the Avago entities were without merit. In July 2006, the Company and the Avago entities signed a cross-license agreement covering the parties’ respective fiber optic patent portfolios. The agreement resolves, among other things, any previous issues with respect to U.S. Patent Nos. 5,359,447 and 5,761,229.
 
On October 6, 2005, The Epoch Group, Inc. (“Epoch”) sued the Company in the United States District Court for the Central District of California. Epoch’s complaint, as amended on November 28, 2005, alleged that the Company violated federal antitrust laws and the Lanham Act and committed defamation per se by, among other things, disparaging Epoch’s products and services, maintaining secret prices and purchasing competing companies. The amended complaint sought damages in the amount of $9 million. The federal action was based largely on facts similar to those alleged by Epoch in an action against the Company filed on February 22, 2005 in the California Superior Court for the County of Ventura. In the state action, Epoch alleged interference with contract and unfair business practices and sought damages of approximately $5 million. The state court complaint alleged, among other things, that the Company interfered with an Epoch sale contract with EMC Corporation by offering EMC a secret discount on the Company’s products. On April 5, 2005, the Company filed a cross-complaint against Epoch alleging interference with prospective economic advantage, unfair competition, misappropriation of trade secrets, civil conspiracy, unfair competition and trade libel and seeking damages of at least $1 million. As alleged by Finisar — and by EMC — EMC canceled Epoch’s sale contract because it learned that Epoch had bribed a now-terminated EMC employee to get the contract in the first instance. Trial in the state action was set for February 25, 2006. On January 30, 2006, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the federal complaint in its entirety. On February 21, 2006, the Court issued an order granting the Company’s motion and dismissing all of Epoch’s claims without prejudice. Prior to the entry of that order, at a February 7, 2006 mandatory settlement conference in the state action, the parties agreed to settle both lawsuits on the basis of mutual dismissals with prejudice and mutual releases with no money changing hands. Both federal and state cases have since been dismissed with prejudice.
 
19.   Gain on Sale of a Minority Investment
 
In November 2005, the Company received cash payments from Goodrich Corporation totaling $11.0 million related to the sale of the Company’s equity interest in Sensors Unlimited, Inc. The Company had not valued this interest for accounting purposes. Accordingly, the Company recorded a gain of $11.0 million related to this transaction in the third quarter of fiscal 2006 and classified this amount as other income (expense), net on the consolidated statement of operations.
 
20.   Restructuring and Assets Impairments
 
During fiscal 2003, the Company initiated actions to reduce its cost structure due to sustained negative economic conditions that had impacted its operations and resulted in lower than anticipated revenues. In May and October 2002, the Company reduced its workforce in the United States. The restructuring actions in fiscal 2003 resulted in a reduction in the U.S. workforce of approximately 255 employees, or 36% of the Company’s U.S. workforce measured as of the beginning of fiscal 2003, and affected all areas of the Company’s U.S. operations. During fiscal 2003, the Company sold


91


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

its Sensors Unlimited subsidiary, closed its Hayward facility, and began the process of closing the facilities occupied by its Demeter subsidiary, all of which were a part of the Company’s optical subsystems and components reporting unit. All key functions were absorbed by the Company’s remaining facilities in the United States. As facilities in the United States were consolidated, related leasehold improvement and equipment were written off. As a result of these restructuring activities, a charge of $9.4 million was incurred in fiscal 2003. The restructuring charge included approximately $5.4 million for the write-off of leasehold improvements and equipment in the vacated buildings, approximately $1.8 million of severance-related charges, approximately $1.5 million of excess committed facilities payments and approximately $700,000 of miscellaneous costs required to effect the closures.
 
During the first quarter of fiscal 2004, the Company completed the closure of its Demeter subsidiary. In addition, the Company began the process of closing its German operations and a reduction in the German workforce of approximately 10 employees in research and development in the optical subsystems and components reporting segment. As a result of these restructuring activities, a charge of $2.2 million was incurred in the first quarter of fiscal 2004. The restructuring charge included $800,000 of severance-related charges, approximately $600,000 of fees associated with the early termination of the Company’s facilities lease in Germany, approximately $450,000 for remaining payments for excess leased equipment and approximately $300,000 of miscellaneous costs incurred to effect the closures.
 
During the second quarter of fiscal 2004, the Company completed the closure of its German facility. The intellectual property, technical know-how and certain assets related to the German operations were consolidated with the Company’s operations in Sunnyvale, California, during the second quarter. The Company incurred an additional $317,000 of net restructuring expenses in the second quarter. This amount included an additional $273,000 of restructuring expenses related to the closure of German operations, consisting of $373,000 for legal and exit fees associated with the closure, additional severance-related payments and the write-off of abandoned assets, partially offset by lower than anticipated fees associated with the termination of the German facilities lease of $100,000. The expenses related to the closure of the German facility were partially offset by an $85,000 reduction in restructuring expenses associated with the closure of the Demeter subsidiary offset by additional severance-related expenses.
 
During the third quarter of fiscal 2004, the Company realized a benefit of $1.2 million related to restructuring expenses due to lower than anticipated fees and the consequent reversal of an associated accrual from the termination of a purchasing agreement related to the closure of the Demeter subsidiary.
 
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004, the Company realized a benefit of $791,000 related to restructuring expenses due to lower than anticipated lease and facility clean-up costs related to the closure of the Demeter facility.
 
The Company recorded a restructuring charge of $287,000 in fiscal 2005 to adjust the operating lease liability for our Hayward facility that was closed in fiscal 2003.
 
During the second quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company consolidated its Sunnyvale facilities into one building and permanently exited a portion of its Scotts Valley facility. As a result of these activities, the Company recorded restructuring charges of approximately $3.1 million. These restructuring charges included $290,000 of miscellaneous costs required to effect the closures and approximately $2.8 million of non-cancelable facility lease payments. Of the $3.1 million in restructuring charges, $1.9 million related to its optical subsystems and components segment and $1.2 million related to its network test and monitoring systems segment.


92


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
As of April 30, 2006, $1.7 million of committed facilities payments related to restructuring activities, net of anticipated sublease income, remains accrued, is expected to be fully utilized by the end of fiscal 2011, and is broken down as follows (in thousands):
 
                                                 
    Facilities  
    Hayward     Demeter     Germany     Sunnyvale     Scotts Valley     Total  
 
Fiscal 2003 actions:
                                               
Total charges
  $ 3,056     $ 4,492     $     $     $     $ 7,548  
Reversal of charge
          (1,199 )                       (1,199 )
Cash payments
    (1,316 )     (1,087 )                       (2,403 )
Non-cash charges
    (1,351 )     (2,373 )                       (3,724 )
                                                 
Balance at April 30, 2006
    389       (167 )                       222  
Fiscal 2004 actions:
                                               
Total charges
          546       849                   1,395  
Reversal of charge
          (791 )                       (791 )
Cash payments
    (167 )     412       (849 )                 (604 )
                                                 
Balance at April 30, 2006
    (167 )     167                          
Fiscal 2005 actions:
                                               
Total charges
    287                               287  
Reversal of charge
                                   
Cash payments
                                   
                                                 
Balance at April 30, 2006
    287                               287  
Fiscal 2006 actions:
                                               
Total charges
                      1,908       1,156       3,064  
Reversal of charge
                                   
Cash payments
    (509 )                 (1,274 )     (89 )     (1,872 )
                                                 
Balance at April 30, 2006
    (509 )                 634       1,067       1,192  
Total accrual balance at April 30, 2006
  $     $     $     $ 634     $ 1,067     $ 1,701  
                                                 
 


93


Table of Contents

FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                                                 
    Severance  
    Hayward     Demeter     Germany     Sunnyvale     Scotts Valley     Total  
 
Fiscal 2003 actions:
                                               
Total charges
  $ 1,174     $ 656     $     $     $     $ 1,830  
Reversal of charge
                                   
Cash payments
    (1,174 )     (656 )                       (1,830 )
Non-cash charges
                                   
                                                 
Balance at April 30, 2006
                                   
Fiscal 2004 actions:
                                               
Total charges
          701       276                   977  
Reversal of charge
                                   
Cash payments
          (701 )     (276 )                 (977 )
                                                 
Balance at April 30, 2006
                                   
Fiscal 2005 actions:
                                               
Total charges
                                   
Reversal of charge
                                   
Cash payments
                                   
                                                 
Balance at April 30, 2006
                                   
Fiscal 2006 actions:
                                               
Total charges
                                   
Reversal of charge
                                   
Cash payments
                                   
                                                 
Balance at April 30, 2006
                                   
Total accrual balance at April 30, 2006
  $     $     $     $     $     $  
                                                 

 

94


Table of Contents

FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                                                 
    Total  
    Hayward     Demeter     Germany     Sunnyvale     Scotts Valley     Total  
 
Fiscal 2003 actions:
                                               
Total charges
  $ 4,230     $ 5,148     $     $     $     $ 9,378  
Reversal of charge
          (1,199 )                       (1,199 )
Cash payments
    (2,490 )     (1,743 )                       (4,233 )
Non-cash charges
    (1,351 )     (2,373 )                       (3,724 )
                                                 
Balance at April 30, 2006
    389       (167 )                       222  
Fiscal 2004 actions:
                                               
Total charges
          1,247       1,125                   2,372  
Reversal of charge
          (791 )     0                   (791 )
Cash payments
    (167 )     (289 )     (1,125 )                 (1,581 )
                                                 
Balance at April 30, 2006
    (167 )     167                          
Fiscal 2005 actions:
                                               
Total charges
    287                               287  
Reversal of charge
                                   
Cash payments
                                   
                                                 
Balance at April 30, 2006
    287                               287  
Fiscal 2006 actions:
                                               
Total charges
                      1,908       1,156       3,064  
Reversal of charge
                                   
Cash payments
    (509 )                 (1,274 )     (89 )     (1,872 )
                                                 
Balance at April 30, 2006
    (509 )                 634       1,067       1,192  
Total accrual balance at April 30, 2006
  $     $     $     $ 634     $ 1,067     $ 1,701  
                                                 

 
The facilities consolidation charges were calculated using estimates and were based upon the remaining future lease commitments for vacated facilities from the date of facility consolidation, net of estimated future sublease income. The estimated costs of vacating these leased facilities were based on market information and trend analyses, including information obtained from third party real estate sources.
 
21.   Warranty
 
The Company generally offers a one year limited warranty for its products. The specific terms and conditions of these warranties vary depending upon the product sold. The Company estimates the costs that may be incurred under its basic limited warranty and records a liability in the amount of such costs based on revenue recognized. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty liability include the historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary.
 
Changes in the Company’s warranty liability during the period are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    April 30,  
    2006     2005  
 
Beginning balance
  $ 2,963     $ 984  
Additions during the period based on product sold
    1,753       3,265  
Settlements
    (354 )     (237 )
Changes in liability for pre-existing warranties, including expirations
    (2,595 )     (1,049 )
                 
Ending balance
  $ 1,767     $ 2,963  
                 

95


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
22.   Related Parties
 
Frank H. Levinson, the Company’s former Chairman of the Board and Chief Technical Officer and a current member of the Company’s board of directors, is a member of the board of directors of Fabrinet, Inc., a privately held contract manufacturer. In June 2000, the Company entered into a volume supply agreement, at rates which the Company believes to be market, with Fabrinet under which Fabrinet serves as a contract manufacturer for the Company. In addition, Fabrinet purchases certain products from the Company. During the fiscal years ended April 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company recorded purchases from Fabrinet of approximately $72.1 million, $52.3 million and $42.4 million, respectively, and Fabrinet purchased products from the Company totaling approximately $27.0 million, $24.0 million and $9.6 million, respectively. At April 30, 2006 and 2005, the Company owed Fabrinet approximately $10.0 million and $6.6 million, respectively, and Fabrinet owed the Company approximately $7.6 million and $5.9 million, respectively.
 
In connection with the acquisition by VantagePoint Venture Partners of the 34 million shares of common stock held by Infineon Technologies AG that the Company had previously issued to Infineon in connection with its acquisition of Infineon’s optical transceiver product lines, the Company entered into an agreement with VantagePoint under which the Company agreed to use its reasonable best efforts to elect a nominee of VantagePoint to the Company’s board of directors, provided that the nominee was reasonably acceptable to the board’s Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee as well as the full board of directors. In June 2005, David C. Fries, a Managing Director of VantagePoint, was elected to the board of directors pursuant to that agreement. As a result of the reduction in VantagePoint’s holdings of the Company’s common stock following distributions by VantagePoint to its partners, the Company’s obligations regarding the election of a nominee of VantagePoint to the Company’s board of directors have terminated. The Company also agreed to file a registration statement to provide for the resale of the shares held by VantagePoint and certain distributees of VantagePoint.
 
23.   Guarantees and Indemnifications
 
In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45 Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others (“FIN 45”). FIN 45 requires that upon issuance of a guarantee, the guarantor must recognize a liability for the fair value of the obligations it assumes under that guarantee. As permitted under Delaware law and in accordance with the Company’s Bylaws, the Company indemnifies its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences, subject to certain limits, while the officer or director is or was serving at the Company’s request in such capacity. The term of the indemnification period is for the officer’s or director’s lifetime. The Company may terminate the indemnification agreements with its officers and directors upon 90 days written notice, but termination will not affect claims for indemnification relating to events occurring prior to the effective date of termination. The maximum amount of potential future indemnification is unlimited; however, the Company has a director and officer insurance policy that may enable it to recover a portion of any future amounts paid.
 
The Company enters into indemnification obligations under its agreements with other companies in its ordinary course of business, including agreements with customers, business partners, and insurers. Under these provisions the Company generally indemnifies and holds harmless the indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party as a result of the Company’s activities or the use of the Company’s products. These indemnification provisions generally survive termination of the underlying agreement. In some cases, the maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification provisions is unlimited.
 
The Company believes the fair value of these indemnification agreements is minimal. Accordingly, the Company has not recorded any liabilities for these agreements as of April 30, 2006. To date, the Company has not incurred material costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements.


96


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
24.  Subsequent Events (Unaudited)
 
On July 7, 2006, Comcast Cable Communications Corporation, LLC (“Comcast”) filed a complaint against the Company for declaratory judgment in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, San Francisco Division. Comcast seeks a declaratory judgment that the Company’s U.S. Patent No. 5,404,505 (the “’505 patent”) is not infringed by Comcast and is invalid. The ’505 patent is the same patent alleged by the Company in its lawsuit against DirecTV. The Company believes the suit to be without merit and is currently reviewing its options in response to the complaint.
 
On July 10, 2006, EchoStar Satellite LLC, EchoStar Technologies Corporation and NagraStar LLC (collectively “EchoStar”) filed a complaint against the Company for declaratory judgment in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware. EchoStar seeks a declaratory judgment that it does not infringe the Company’s ’505 patent. The ’505 patent is the same patent alleged by the Company in its lawsuit against DirecTV. The Company believes the suit to be without merit and is currently reviewing its options in response to the complaint.


97


Table of Contents

 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
25.   Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
FINANCIAL INFORMATION BY QUARTER
 
                                                                 
    Three Months Ended  
    April 30,
    Jan. 31,
    Oct. 31,
    July 31,
    April 30,
    Jan. 31,
    Oct. 31,
    July 31,
 
    2006     2006     2005     2005     2005     2005     2004     2004  
    (Unaudited)
 
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Statement of Operations Data
                                                               
Revenues:
                                                               
Optical subsystems and components
  $ 91,938     $ 84,199     $ 77,449     $ 72,370     $ 64,503     $ 63,417     $ 59,912     $ 53,750  
Network test and monitoring systems
    10,466       9,336       9,173       9,362       10,356       9,665       11,093       8,127  
                                                                 
Total revenues
    102,404       93,535       86,622       81,732       74,859       73,082       71,005       61,877  
Cost of revenues
    65,306       61,331       59,698       60,791       59,410       51,018       49,499       45,704  
                                                                 
Impairment of acquired developed technology
                853                         3,656        
Amortization of acquired developed technology
    2,593       4,003       5,421       5,654       5,240       5,376       6,086       5,566  
                                                                 
Gross profit (loss)
    34,505       28,201       20,650       15,287       10,209       16,688       11,764       10,607  
                                                                 
Operating expenses:
                                                               
Research and development
    13,216       11,525       14,141       13,021       15,146       14,535       17,043       16,075  
Sales and marketing
    7,934       8,119       7,501       8,371       7,883       7,179       7,570       7,151  
General and administrative
    7,987       6,644       6,768       8,009       8,221       5,476       4,995       4,682  
Amortization of (benefit from) deferred stock compensation
                            20       21       24       97  
Acquired in-process research and development
                            1,240             318        
Amortization of purchased intangibles
    365       453       453       476       621       170       170       143  
Impairment of tangible assets
                                  18,798              
Restructuring costs
                3,064             287                    
                                                                 
Total operating expenses
    29,502       26,741       31,927       29,877       33,418       46,179       30,120       28,148  
                                                                 
Income (loss) from operations
    5,003       1,460       (11,277 )     (14,590 )     (23,209 )     (29,491 )     (18,356 )     (17,541 )
Interest income
    1,076       858       765       783       683       561       560       592  
Interest expense
    (4,087 )     (3,838 )     (3,830 )     (4,087 )     (3,681 )     (3,872 )     (3,552 )     (3,363 )
Other income (expense), net
    269       10,498       (821 )     (600 )     (10,828 )     (158 )     192       (1,788 )
                                                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    2,261       8,978       (15,163 )     (18,494 )     (37,035 )     (32,960 )     (21,156 )     (22,100 )
Provision for income taxes
    575       675       657       594       800             37       19  
                                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 1,686     $ 8,303     $ (15,820 )   $ (19,088 )   $ (37,835 )   $ (32,960 )   $ (21,193 )   $ (22,119 )
                                                                 
Net income (loss) per share
  $ 0.01     $ 0.03     $ (0.05 )   $ (0.07 )   $ (0.15 )   $ (0.15 )   $ (0.09 )   $ (0.10 )
Shares used in computing net income (loss) per share:
                                                               
Basic
    302,316       297,265       289,968       272,228       258,850       224,170       223,380       222,929  
Diluted
    326,781       307,681                                      


98


Table of Contents

Schedule II — Consolidated Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
 
                                 
          Additions -
             
    Balance at
    Charged to
          Balance at
 
    Beginning
    Costs and
    Deductions -
    End of
 
    of Period     Expenses     Write-Offs     Period  
    (In thousands)  
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
                               
Year ended April 30, 2006
  $ 1,378     $ 805     $ (15 )   $ 2,198  
Year ended April 30, 2005
    1,669       (234 )     57       1,378  
Year ended April 30, 2004
    1,487       547       365       1,669  


99


Table of Contents

 
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
None.
 
Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
Our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act are accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on this evaluation, we have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective.
 
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
As disclosed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2005 (the “2005 Form 10-K”), our management’s evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting conducted last year resulted in the identification of material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2005. As described in the 2005 Form 10-K and in subsequent quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, the Company implemented a remediation plan to address these weaknesses. The remediation plan was executed during fiscal 2006 and was substantially completed by the end of the third fiscal quarter. During the quarter ended April 30, 2006, we completed our remediation plan including the processes used in the preparation of our annual financial statements, culminating in our successful tests of our internal control environment supporting our conclusion that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of April 30, 2006, as reported. Aside from steps taken to conclude the remediation plan, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended April 30, 2006 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control — Integrate Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of April 30, 2006. Our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2006 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.


100


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Finisar Corporation
 
We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, that Finisar Corporation maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Finisar Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, management’s assessment that Finisar Corporation maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the COSO criteria. Also, in our opinion, Finisar Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2006, based on the COSO criteria.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Finisar Corporation as of April 30, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended April 30, 2006 and our report dated July 7, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
/s/  Ernst & Young LLP
 
San Jose, California
July 7, 2006


101


Table of Contents

 
Item 9B.  Other Information
 
None.
 
PART III
 
Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.
 
The information required by this item concerning our directors is incorporated by reference from the sections captioned “Proposal No. 1 — Election of Directors” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” contained in our Proxy Statement related to the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held September 28, 2006, to be filed by us within 120 days of the end of our fiscal year pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K (the “Proxy Statement”). Certain information required by this item concerning executive officers is set forth in Part I of this Annual Report under “Business — Executive Officers”.
 
Item 11.   Executive Compensation.
 
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the section captioned “Executive Compensation and Related Matters” contained in our Proxy Statement.
 
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
 
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the sections captioned “Principal Stockholders and Share Ownership by Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” contained in our Proxy Statement.
 
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.
 
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the section captioned “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” contained in our Proxy Statement.
 
Item 14.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
 
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the section captioned “Proposal No. 2 — Ratification of Appointment of Independent Auditors” in our Proxy Statement.
 
PART IV
 
Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
 
(a) The following documents are filed as a part of this Annual Report:
 
(1) Financial Statements
 
Consolidated Financial Statements:
 
The following consolidated financial statements are included in Part II, Item 8 of this report.
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of April 30, 2006 and 2005
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended April 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended April 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended April 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(2) Financial Statement Schedules
 
Consolidated Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended April 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (see page 99)
 
(3) Exhibits
 
The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index are filed as part of this report (see page 104)


102


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sunnyvale, State of California, on this 14th day of July, 2006.
 
FINISAR CORPORATION
 
  By 
/s/  Jerry S. Rawls
Jerry S. Rawls
President, Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board of Directors
 
Know all persons by these presents, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Jerry S. Rawls and Stephen K. Workman, and each of them, as such person’s true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this report on Form 10-K, and to file same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/  Jerry S. Rawls

Jerry S. Rawls
  President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Chairman of the Board of Directors   July 14, 2006
         
/s/  Stephen K. Workman

Stephen K. Workman
  Senior Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   July 14, 2006
         
/s/  Roger C. Ferguson

Roger C. Ferguson
  Director   July 14, 2006
         
/s/  David C. Fries

David C. Fries
  Director   July 14, 2006
         
/s/  Frank H. Levinson

Frank H. Levinson
  Director   July 14, 2006
         
/s/  Larry D. Mitchell

Larry D. Mitchell
  Director   July 14, 2006
         
/s/  Robert N. Stephens

Robert N. Stephens
  Director   July 14, 2006
         
/s/  Dominique Trempont

Dominique Trempont
  Director   July 14, 2006


103


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description of Document
 
  2 .8   Master Sale and Purchase Agreement by and between Infineon Technologies AG and Finisar Corporation, dated January 25, 2005(1)
         
     
  3 .4   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant
         
     
  3 .5   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant(2)
         
     
  3 .6   Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on June 19, 2001(3)
         
     
  3 .8   Certificate of Elimination regarding the Registrant’s Series A Preferred Stock(4)
         
     
  3 .9   Certificate of Designation(5)
         
     
  3 .10   Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on May 11, 2005(6)
         
     
  3 .11   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant(7)
         
     
  4 .1   Specimen certificate representing the common stock(2)
         
     
  4 .2   Form of Rights Agreement between the Company and American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, as Rights Agent (including as Exhibit A the form of Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of the Terms of the Series RP Preferred Stock, as Exhibit B the form of Right Certificate, and as Exhibit C the Summary of Terms of Rights Agreement)(8)
         
     
  4 .3   Indenture between the Company and U.S. Bank Trust National Association, a national banking association, dated October 15, 2001(9)
         
     
  4 .4   Indenture between the Company and U.S. Bank Trust National Association, a national banking association, dated October 15, 2003(10)
         
     
  4 .5   Asset Purchase Agreement among Finisar Corporation, Data Transit Corp., Dale T. Smith and Janice H. Smith dated as of August 4, 2004, as amended through December 10, 2004 (including as Exhibit A the form of 8% Installment Promissory Note due August 5, 2006 and as Exhibit I the form of Stock Resale Agreement)(11)
         
     
  4 .6   Fourth Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement among Finisar Corporation, Data Transit Corp., Dale T. Smith and Janis H. Smith dated as of May 11, 2005 (including as Exhibit A the form of Amended and Restated 8% Installment Promissory Note due August 5, 2006)(12)
         
     
  4 .7   Convertible Promissory Note dated April 29, 2005 issued by Finisar Corporation to CyOptics, Inc., with a principal amount of $3,750,000(13)
         
     
  10 .1   Form of Indemnity Agreement between Registrant and Registrant’s directors and officers(2)
         
     
  10 .2*   1989 Stock Option Plan(2)
         
     
  10 .3*   1999 Stock Option Plan(14)
         
     
  10 .4*   1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated effective March 2, 2005(15)
         
     
  10 .13   Building Lease for 1308 Moffett Park Drive, Sunnyvale, CA, dated May 26, 1999 between Registrant and Aetna Life Insurance Company(2)
         
     
  10 .18   Collateral Pledge and Security Agreement among the Company, U.S. Bank Trust National Association and U.S. Bank National Association, dated October 15, 2003(10)
         
     
  10 .21.1*   Executive Retention and Severance Plan(16)
         
     
  10 .21.2   Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement between Infineon Technologies AG and Finisar Corporation, dated January 25, 2005(17)
         
     
  10 .22**   Transceiver Supply Agreement by and between Finisar Corporation and Infineon Technologies Trutnov, sro, dated January 25, 2005(18)
         
     
  10 .23   Purchase Agreement by and between FSI International, Inc. and Finisar Corporation, dated February 4, 2005(19)
         
     
  10 .24   Assignment and Assumption of Purchase and Sale Agreement between Finisar Corporation and Finistar (CA-TX) Limited Partnership, dated February 4, 2005(20)
         


104


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description of Document
 
  10 .25   Lease Agreement by and between Finistar (CA-TX) Limited Partnership and Finisar Corporation, dated February 4, 2005(21)
         
     
  10 .26   Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among Finisar Corporation, Iolite Acquisition Corp. and InterSAN, Inc., dated March 2, 2005(22)
         
     
  10 .27   Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Finisar Corporation, I-Robot Acquisition Corp., I-TECH CORP. and Steven Bucher, dated April 7, 2005(23)
         
     
  10 .28   Convertible Promissory Note issued by Finisar Corporation to Steven Bucher with a principal amount of $11,061,000, dated April 8, 2005(24)
         
     
  10 .29   Convertible Promissory Note issued by Finisar Corporation to Steven Bucher with a principal amount of $1,000,000, dated April 8, 2005(25)
         
     
  10 .30*   Form of Stock Option Agreement for options granted under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan(26)
         
     
  10 .31   Amendment to Convertible Promissory Note dated June 21, 2005 by and among Finisar Corporation and Steven Bucher(27)
         
     
  10 .32*   International Employee Stock Purchase Plan(28)
         
     
  10 .33   Resignation Agreement by and between Finisar Corporation and Kevin Cornell, effective as of August 4, 2005(29)
         
     
  10 .34*   Finisar Corporation 2005 Stock Incentive Plan(30)
         
     
  10 .35   Letter Agreement dated December 28, 2005 between Finisar Corporation and Dr. Frank H. Levinson(31)
         
     
  21     List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant
         
     
  23 .1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
         
     
  31 .1   Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
         
     
  31 .2   Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
         
     
  32 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32 .2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
* Compensatory plan or management contract.
 
** Confidential treatment has been requested and granted as to certain portions of this exhibit. The confidential portions of this exhibit have been omitted and are marked by asterisks.
 
(1) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.8 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 28, 2005.
 
(2) Incorporated by reference to the same numbered exhibit to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed October 19, 1999 (File No. 333-87017).
 
(3) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed July 18, 2001.
 
(4) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.8 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed December 18, 2001 (File No. 333-75380).
 
(5) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A12G filed on September 27, 2002.
 
(6) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed May 18, 2005 (File No. 333-125034).
 
(7) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.11 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed July 29, 2005.
 
(8) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 27, 2002.
 
(9) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended October 31, 2001 filed December 12, 2001.


105


Table of Contents

(10) Incorporated by reference to the same numbered exhibit to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended October 31, 2003 filed December 10, 2003.
 
(11) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed December 10, 2004.
 
(12) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed May 13, 2005 (File No. 333-124879).
 
(13) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed May 18, 2005 (File No. 333-125034).
 
(14) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed September 13, 1999 (File No. 333-87017).
 
(15) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed May 23, 2005 (File No. 333-125147).
 
(16) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A filed February 10, 2005.
 
(17) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 28, 2005.
 
(18) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 28, 2005.
 
(19) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 9, 2005.
 
(20) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 9, 2005.
 
(21) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 9, 2005.
 
(22) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 7, 2005.
 
(23) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 11, 2005.
 
(24) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 11, 2005.
 
(25) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 11, 2005.
 
(26) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 14, 2005.
 
(27) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 22, 2005.
 
(28) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed May 23, 2005 (File No. 333-125147).
 
(29) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 8, 2005.
 
(30) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 19, 2005.
 
(31) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 3, 2006.


106

EX-3.4 2 f21922exv3w4.htm EXHIBIT 3.4 exv3w4
 

Exhibit 3.4
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
FINISAR CORPORATION

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE I STOCKHOLDERS
    1  
Section 1.1 Annual Meeting
    1  
Section 1.2 Special Meetings
    1  
Section 1.3 Notice of Meetings
    1  
Section 1.4 Quorum
    1  
Section 1.5 Conduct of the Stockholders’ Meeting
    2  
Section 1.6 Conduct of Business
    2  
Section 1.7 Notice of Stockholder Business
    2  
Section 1.8 Proxies and Voting
    3  
Section 1.9 Stock List
    3  
 
       
ARTICLE II BOARD OF DIRECTORS
    4  
Section 2.1 Number and Term of Office
    4  
Section 2.2 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships
    4  
Section 2.3 Removal
    4  
Section 2.4 Regular Meetings
    4  
Section 2.5 Special Meetings
    4  
Section 2.6 Quorum
    5  
Section 2.7 Participation in Meetings by Conference Telephone
    5  
Section 2.8 Conduct of Business
    5  
Section 2.9 Powers
    5  
Section 2.10 Compensation of Directors
    6  
Section 2.11 Nomination of Director Candidates
    6  
 
       
ARTICLE III COMMITTEES
    7  
Section 3.1 Committees of the Board of Directors
    7  
Section 3.2 Conduct of Business
    7  
 
       
ARTICLE IV OFFICERS
    8  
Section 4.1 Generally
    8  
Section 4.2 Chairman of the Board
    8  
Section 4.3 President
    8  
Section 4.4 Vice President
    8  
Section 4.5 Treasurer
    8  
Section 4.6 Secretary
    8  
Section 4.7 Delegation of Authority
    9  
Section 4.8 Removal
    9  
Section 4.9 Action With Respect to Securities of Other Corporations
    9  
 
       
ARTICLE V STOCK
    9  
Section 5.1 Certificates of Stock
    9  
Section 5.2 Transfers of Stock
    9  
Section 5.3 Record Date
    9  

i


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page  
Section 5.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates
    9  
Section 5.5 Regulations
    10  
 
       
ARTICLE VI NOTICES
    10  
Section 6.1 Notices
    10  
Section 6.2 Waivers
    10  
 
       
ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS
    10  
Section 7.1 Facsimile Signatures
    10  
Section 7.2 Corporate Seal
    10  
Section 7.3 Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records
    10  
Section 7.4 Fiscal Year
    11  
Section 7.5 Time Periods
    11  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
    11  
Section 8.1 Right to Indemnification
    11  
Section 8.2 Right of Claimant to Bring Suit
    12  
Section 8.3 Non-Exclusivity of Rights
    12  
Section 8.4 Indemnification Contracts
    12  
Section 8.5 Insurance
    12  
Section 8.6 Effect of Amendment
    12  
 
       
ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS
    13  
Section 9.1 Amendment of Bylaws
    13  

ii


 

FINISAR CORPORATION
A DELAWARE CORPORATION
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS
     Section 1.1 Annual Meeting. An annual meeting of the stockholders, for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall each year fix, which date shall be within thirteen months subsequent to the later of the date of incorporation or the last annual meeting of stockholders.
     Section 1.2 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes prescribed in the notice of the meeting, may be called only (i) by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exists any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption) or (ii) by the holders of not less than 10% of all shares entitled to cast votes at the meeting, voting together as a single class and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as they shall fix. Business transacted at special meetings shall be confined to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice.
     Section 1.3 Notice of Meetings. Written notice of the place, date, and time of all meetings of the stockholders shall be given, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law (meaning, here and hereinafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation).
     When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the place, date and time thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than thirty (30) days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the place, date, and time of the adjourned meeting shall be given in conformity herewith. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.
     Section 1.4 Quorum. At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority of all of the shares of the stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, unless or except to the extent that the presence of a larger number may be required by law.

 


 

     If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time.
     If a notice of any adjourned special meeting of stockholders is sent to all stockholders entitled to vote thereat, stating that it will be held with those present constituting a quorum, then except as otherwise required by law, those present at such adjourned meeting shall constitute a quorum, and all matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast at such meeting.
     Section 1.5 Conduct of the Stockholders’ Meeting. At every meeting of the stockholders, the Chairman, if there is such an officer, or if not, the President of the Corporation, or in his absence the Vice President designated by the President, or in the absence of such designation any Vice President, or in the absence of the President or any Vice President, a chairman chosen by the majority of the voting shares represented in person or by proxy, shall act as Chairman. The Secretary of the Corporation or a person designated by the Chairman shall act as Secretary of the meeting. Unless otherwise approved by the Chairman, attendance at the stockholders’ meeting is restricted to stockholders of record, persons authorized in accordance with Section 8 of these Bylaws to act by proxy, and officers of the Corporation.
     Section 1.6 Conduct of Business. The Chairman shall call the meeting to order, establish the agenda, and conduct the business of the meeting in accordance therewith or, at the Chairman’s discretion, it may be conducted otherwise in accordance with the wishes of the stockholders in attendance. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.
     The Chairman shall also conduct the meeting in an orderly manner, rule on the precedence of and procedure on, motions and other procedural matters, and exercise discretion with respect to such procedural matters with fairness and good faith toward all those entitled to take part. The Chairman may impose reasonable limits on the amount of time taken up at the meeting on discussion in general or on remarks by any one stockholder. Should any person in attendance become unruly or obstruct the meeting proceedings, the Chairman shall have the power to have such person removed from participation. Notwithstanding anything in the Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at a meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.6 and Section 1.7, below. The Chairman of a meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.6 and Section 1.7, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.
     Section 1.7 Notice of Stockholder Business. At an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before a meeting, business must be (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (b) properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (c) properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, or (d) properly brought before a special

2


 

meeting by a stockholder, but if, and only if, the notice of a special meeting provides for business to be brought before the meeting by stockholders. For business to be properly brought before a meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder proposal to be presented at an annual meeting shall be received at the Corporation’s principal executive offices not less than 120 calendar days in advance of the date that the Corporation’s (or the Corporation’s predecessor’s) proxy statement was released to stockholders in connection with the previous year’s annual meeting of stockholders, except that if no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting has been changed by more than 30 calendar days from the date contemplated at the time of the previous year’s proxy statement, or in the event of a special meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be received not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made. A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual or special meeting (a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual or special meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the special meeting, (b) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business, (c) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder, and (d) any material interest of the stockholder in such business.
     Section 1.8 Proxies and Voting. At any meeting of the stockholders, every stockholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting. No stockholder may authorize more than one proxy for his shares.
     Each stockholder shall have one vote for every share of stock entitled to vote which is registered in his or her name on the record date for the meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.
     All voting, including on the election of directors but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or his or her proxy, a stock vote shall be taken. Every stock vote shall be taken by ballots, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. Every vote taken by ballots shall be counted by an inspector or inspectors appointed by the chairman of the meeting.
     All elections shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law, all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast.
     Section 1.9 Stock List. A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in his or her name, shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.

3


 

     The stock list shall also be kept at the place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder who is present. This list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.
ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
     Section 2.1 Number and Term of Office. The number of directors shall be seven (7) and, thereafter, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption). A vacancy resulting from the removal of a director by the stockholders as provided in Article II, Section 2.3 below may be filled at a special meeting of the stockholders held for that purpose. All directors shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until their respective successors are elected, except in the case of the death, resignation or removal of any director.
     Section 2.2 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or other cause (other than removal from office by a vote of the stockholders) may be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
     Section 2.3 Removal. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any directors, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, but only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from such removal may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the stockholders as provided in Article II, Section 2.1 above. Directors so chosen shall hold office until the new annual meeting of stockholders.
     Section 2.4 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required.
     Section 2.5 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number) or by the chief executive officer and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as they

4


 

or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given each director by whom it is not waived by mailing written notice not fewer than five (5) days before the meeting or by telegraphing or personally delivering the same not fewer than twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.
     Section 2.6 Quorum. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of authorized directors shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.
     Section 2.7 Participation in Meetings by Conference Telephone. Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
     Section 2.8 Conduct of Business. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided herein or requited by law. Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.
     Section 2.9 Powers. The Board of Directors may, except as otherwise required by law, exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the unqualified power:
          (a) To declare dividends from time to time in accordance with law;
          (b) To purchase or otherwise acquire any property, rights or privileges on such terms as it shall determine;
          (c) To authorize the creation, making and issuance, in such form as it may determine, of written obligations of every kind, negotiable or non-negotiable, secured or unsecured, and to do all things necessary in connection therewith;
          (d) To remove any officer of the Corporation with or without cause, and from time to time to devolve the powers and duties of any officer upon any other person for the time being;
          (e) To confer upon any officer of the Corporation the power to appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;
          (f) To adopt from time to time such stock, option, stock purchase, bonus or other compensation plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;

5


 

          (g) To adopt from time to time such insurance, retirement, and other benefit plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and
          (h) To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with these bylaws, for the management of the Corporation’s business and affairs.
     Section 2.10 Compensation of Directors. Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.
     Section 2.11 Nomination of Director Candidates. Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, nominations for the election of Directors may be made by the Board of Directors or a proxy committee appointed by the Board of Directors or by any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of Directors generally. However, any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of Directors generally may nominate one or more persons for election as Directors at a meeting only if timely notice of such stockholder’s intent to make such nomination or nominations has been given in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder nomination for a director to be elected at an annual meeting shall be received at the Corporation’s principal executive offices not less than 120 calendar days in advance of the date that the Corporation’s (or the Corporation’s Predecessor’s) Proxy statement was released to stockholders in connection with the previous year’s annual meeting of stockholders, except that if no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting has been changed by more than 30 calendar days from the date contemplated at the time of the previous year’s proxy statement, or in the event of a nomination for director to be elected at a special meeting, notice by the stockholders to be timely must be received not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made. Each such notice shall set forth: (a) the name and address of the stockholder who intends to make the nomination and of the person or persons to be nominated; (b) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote for the election of Directors on the date of such notice and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice; (c) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the stockholder; (d) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such stockholder as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, had the nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the Board of Directors; and (e) the consent of each nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation if so elected.
     In the event that a person is validly designated as a nominee in accordance with this Section 2.11 and shall thereafter become unable or unwilling to stand for election to the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors or the stockholder who proposed such nominee, as the case may be, may designate a substitute nominee upon delivery, not fewer than five days prior to the

6


 

date of the meeting for the election of such nominee, of a written notice to the Secretary setting forth such information regarding such substitute nominee as would have been required to be delivered to the Secretary pursuant to this Section 2.11 had such substitute nominee been initially proposed as a nominee. Such notice shall include a signed consent to serve as a director of the Corporation, if elected, of each such substitute nominee.
     If the chairman of the meeting for the election of Directors determines that a nomination of any candidate for election as a Director at such meeting was not made in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Section 2.11, such nomination shall be void; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 2.11 shall be deemed to limit any voting rights upon the occurrence of dividend arrearages provided to holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to the Preferred Stock designation for any series of Preferred Stock.
ARTICLE III
COMMITTEES
     Section 3.1 Committees of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors, by a vote of a majority of the whole Board, may from time to time designate committees of the Board, with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as it thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board and shall, for those committees and any others provided for herein, elect a director or directors to serve as the member or members, designating, if it desires, other directors as alternate members who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any committee so designated may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the Delaware General Corporation Law if the resolution which designates the committee or a supplemental resolution of the Board of Directors shall so provide. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any committee and any alternate member in his place, the member or members of the committee present at the meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may by unanimous vote appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member.
     Section 3.2 Conduct of Business. Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third of the authorized members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee.

7


 

ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
     Section 4.1 Generally. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board and such other officers as may from time to time be appointed by the Board of Directors. Officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors, which shall consider that subject at its first meeting after every annual meeting of stockholders. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. The Chairman of the Board, if there shall be such an officer, and the President shall each be members of the Board of Directors. Any number of offices may he held by the same person.
     Section 4.2 Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, if there shall be such an officer, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors, and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these bylaws.
     Section 4.3 President. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of these bylaws and to the direction of the Board of Directors, he or she shall have the responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of chief executive or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. He or she shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the Corporation.
     Section 4.4 Vice President. Each Vice President shall have such powers and duties as may be delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. One Vice President shall be designated by the Board to perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President in the event of the President’s absence or disability.
     Section 4.5 Treasurer. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation shall be the Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the responsibility for maintaining the financial records of the Corporation and shall have custody of all monies and securities of the Corporation. He or she shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall also perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
     Section 4.6 Secretary. The Secretary shall issue all authorized notices for, and shall keep, or cause to be kept, minutes of all meetings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors, and all committees of the Board of Directors. He or she shall have charge of the corporate books and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

8


 

     Section 4.7 Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.
     Section 4.8 Removal. Any officer of the Corporation may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors.
     Section 4.9 Action With Respect to Securities of Other Corporations. Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the President or any officer of the Corporation authorized by the President shall have power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of stockholders of or with respect to any action of stockholders of any other corporation in which this Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this Corporation may possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other corporation.
ARTICLE V
STOCK
     Section 5.1 Certificates of Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her. Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile.
     Section 5.2 Transfers of Stock. Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of Article V of these bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.
     Section 5.3 Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor fewer than ten (10) days before the date of any meeting of stockholders, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the time for the other action hereinafter described, as of which there shall be determined the stockholders who are entitled: to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof; to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights; or to exercise any rights with respect to any change, conversion or exchange of stock or with respect to any other lawful action.
     Section 5.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. In the event of the loss, theft or destruction of any certificate of stock, another may be issued in its place pursuant to such regulations as the Board of Directors may establish concerning proof of such loss, theft or destruction and concerning the giving of a satisfactory bond or bonds of indemnity.

9


 

     Section 5.5 Regulations. The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.
ARTICLE VI
NOTICES
     Section 6.1 Notices. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery to the recipient thereof, by depositing such notice in the mails, postage paid, or by sending such notice by prepaid telegram, mailgram, telecopy or commercial courier service. Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent at his or her last known address as the same appears on the books of the Corporation. The time when such notice shall be deemed to be given shall be the time such notice is received by such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, if hand delivered, or the time such notice is dispatched, if delivered through the mails or be telegram or mailgram.
     Section 6.2 Waivers. A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.
ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS
     Section 7.1 Facsimile Signatures. In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.
     Section 7.2 Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.
     Section 7.3 Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records. Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation, including reports made to the Corporation by any of its officers, by an independent certified public accountant, or by an appraiser selected with reasonable care.

10


 

     Section 7.4 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.
     Section 7.5 Time Periods. In applying any provision of these bylaws which require that an act be done or not done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.
ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
     Section 8.1 Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (“proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer or employee of another corporation, or of a Partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer or employee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer or employee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said Law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expenses, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and amounts expended in seeking indemnification granted to such person under applicable law, this bylaw or any agreement with the Corporation) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer or employee and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 8.2 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnity in connection with an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if (a) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (b) the action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, (c) such indemnification is provided by the Corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (d) the action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) is brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under an indemnity agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Such right shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, unless the Delaware General Corporation Law then so prohibits, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer of the Corporation in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is tendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation. service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the

11


 

final disposition of such proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section or otherwise.
     Section 8.2 Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 1 of this Article VIII is not paid in full by the Corporation within ninety (90) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if such suit is not frivolous or brought in bad faith, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. The burden of proving such claim shall be on the claimant. It shall be a defense to any such action (other then an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to this Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
     Section 8.3 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person in Sections 1 and 2 shall not be exclusive of any other right which such persons may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
     Section 8.4 Indemnification Contracts. The Board of Directors is authorized to enter into a contract with any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or any person serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing for indemnification rights equivalent to or, if the Board of Directors so determinates, greater than, those provided for in this Article VIII.
     Section 8.5 Insurance. The Corporation shall maintain insurance to the extent reasonably available, at its expense, to protect itself and any such director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.
     Section 8.6 Effect of Amendment. Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VIII by the stockholders and the directors of the Corporation shall not

12


 

adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS
     Section 9.1 Amendment of Bylaws. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any resolution providing for adoption, amendment or repeal is presented to the Board). The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of By-Laws of the Corporation by the stockholders shall require, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

13


 

CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY
     I hereby certify that I am the duly elected and acting Secretary of Finisar Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and that the foregoing Amended and Restated Bylaws, comprising thirteen (13) pages, constitute the Bylaws of the Corporation as duly adopted on September 9, 1999, by the unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, as amended through June 6, 2006.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name on June 6, 2006.
         
     
  /s/ Stephen K. Workman    
  Stephen K. Workman   
     
 

 

EX-21 3 f21922exv21.htm EXHIBIT 21 exv21
 

Exhibit 21
List of Subsidiaries
Finisar Shanghai, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Shanghai, the People’s Republic of China
Finisar Malaysia Sdn Bhd, a Malaysia corporation
Finisar Singapore Pte. Ltd., a Singapore corporation
Finisar Sales Inc., a Delaware corporation
Finisar Japan Ltd. (KK), a Japanese corporation
Finisar Hong Kong Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of Hong Kong
InterSAN, Inc., a Delaware corporation

 

EX-23.1 4 f21922exv23w1.htm EXHIBIT 23.1 exv23w1
 

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form S-3, No. 333-134733) of Finisar Corporation and in the related Prospectus, and the Registration Statements (Forms S-8, Nos. 333-125147, 333-117479, 333-89520, 333-107884, 333-111046, 333-65330, 333-32698 and 333-51920) of Finisar Corporation pertaining to the 1989 Stock Option Plan, the 1999 Stock Option Plan, the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, the International Employee Stock Purchase Plan, the 2001 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan of Finisar Corporation, the Transwave Fiber, Inc. Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option Plan, the Medusa Technologies, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan, the Shomiti Systems, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan, the Sensors Unlimited, Inc. Second Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Option Plan and the Demeter Technologies, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan, of our reports dated July 7, 2006, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Finisar Corporation, Finisar Corporation management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Finisar Corporation, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended April 30, 2006.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
San Jose, California
July 7, 2006

EX-31.1 5 f21922exv31w1.htm EXHIBIT 31.1 exv31w1
 

EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT
TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Jerry S. Rawls, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Finisar Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors:
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: July 14, 2006
     
/s/ Jerry S. Rawls
   
 
Jerry S. Rawls
   
 
   
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

EX-31.2 6 f21922exv31w2.htm EXHIBIT 31.2 exv31w2
 

EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT
TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Stephen K. Workman, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Finisar Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors:
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: July 14, 2006
     
/s/ Stephen K. Workman
   
 
Stephen K. Workman
   
 
   
Senior Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

 

EX-32.1 7 f21922exv32w1.htm EXHIBIT 32.1 exv32w1
 

EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT
TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Jerry S. Rawls, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report of Finisar Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2006 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
             
Dated: July 14, 2006
      /s/ Jerry S. Rawls    
 
     
 
Jerry S. Rawls
   
 
      Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer    

 

EX-32.2 8 f21922exv32w2.htm EXHIBIT 32.2 exv32w2
 

EXHIBIT 32.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT
TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Stephen K. Workman, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report of Finisar Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2006 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
             
Dated: July 14, 2006
      /s/ Stephen K. Workman    
 
     
 
Stephen K. Workman
   
 
      Senior Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary    

 

-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----